Carrier 48EJ, 48EW User Manual

Download

48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-060

with Reciprocating Compressor

48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-068

Single Package Rooftop Units

Electric Cooling/Gas Heating

Installation, Start-Up and

Service Instructions

CONTENTS

Page

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58

Step 1 — Provide Unit Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

• ROOF CURB

• ALTERNATE UNIT SUPPORT

Step 2 — Rig and Place Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

• POSITIONING

• ROOF MOUNT

Step 3 — Field Fabricate Ductwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Step 4 — Make Unit Duct Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Step 5 — Install Flue Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Step 6 — Trap Condensate Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Step 7 — Install Gas Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Step 8 — Controls Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

• STAGED GAS UNIT APPLICATIONS

• THERMISTORS

• CONSTANT VOLUME APPLICATIONS

• VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) APPLICATIONS

Step 9 — Make Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . 33

•POWER WIRING

• FIELD POWER SUPPLY

• FIELD CONTROL WIRING

Step 10 — Make Outdoor-Air Inlet

Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

• ECONOMIZER

• ECONOMIZER SETTINGS

Step 11 — Position Power Exhaust/Barometric

Relief Damper Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Step 12 — Install All Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Step 13 — Field Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

START-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-89

SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89-102

TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103-115

START-UP CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CL-1,CL-2

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

Installation and servicing of air-conditioning equipment can be hazardous due to system pressure and electrical components. Only trained and qualified service personnel should install, repair, or service air-conditioning equipment.

Untrained personnel can perform the basic maintenance functions of cleaning coils and filters and replacing filters. All other operations should be performed by trained service personnel. When working on air-conditioning equipment, observe precautions in the literature, tags and labels attached to the unit, and other safety precautions that may apply.

Follow all safety codes. Wear safety glasses and work gloves. Use quenching cloth for unbrazing operations. Have fire extinguishers available for all brazing operations.

Before performing service or maintenance operations on unit, turn off main power switch to unit. Electrical shock could cause personal injury.

1. Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service, or maintenance can cause property damage, personal injury, or loss of life. Refer to the User’s Information Manual provided with this unit for more details.

2. Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance.

What to do if you smell gas:

1. DO NOT try to light any appliance.

2. DO NOT touch any electrical switch, or use any phone in your building.

3. IMMEDIATELY call your gas supplier from a neighbor’s phone. Follow the gas supplier’s instructions.

4. If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire department.

Disconnect gas piping from unit when pressure testing at pressure greater than 0.5 psig. Pressures greater than

0.5 psig will cause gas valve damage resulting in hazardous condition. If gas valve is subjected to pressure greater than

0.5 psig, it must be replaced before use. When pressure testing field-supplied gas piping at pressures of 0.5 psig or less, a unit connected to such piping must be isolated by closing the manual gas valve(s).

INSTALLATION

Step 1 — Provide Unit Support

1. All panels must be in place when rigging.

2. Unit is not designed for handling by fork truck.

Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.

Book 1 Ta b 1 a

PC 111 Catalog No. 534-739 Printed in U.S.A. Form 48A,E-1SI Pg 1 107 11-01 Replaces: 48E-6SI

ROOF CURB — For vertical discharge units, assemble or install accessory roof curb in accordance with instructions shipped with this accessory. See Fig. 1-4. Install insulation, cant strips, roofing, and counter flashing as shown. Ductwork can be installed to roof curb before unit is set in place. Curb should be level. This is necessary to permit unit drain to function properly. Unit leveling tolerance is shown in Fig. 1-3. Refer to Accessory Roof Curb Installation Instructions for additional information as required. When accessory roof curb is used, unit may be installed on class A, B, or C roof covering material.

IMPORTANT: The gasketing of the unit to the roof curb is critical for a watertight seal. Install gasket with the roof curb as shown in Fig. 1-3. Improperly applied gasket can also result in air leaks and poor unit performance.

ALTERNATE UNIT SUPPORT — When the preferred curb or slab mount cannot be used, support unit with sleepers on perimeter, using unit curb support area. If sleepers cannot be used, support long sides of unit (refer to Fig. 5-16) with a minimum number of 4-in. x 4-in. pads spaced as follows: 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034 units require 3 pads on each side; 48AJ,AK,AW,AY035-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY038-048 units require 4 pads on each side; 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 units require 6 pads on each side. Unit may sag if supported by corners only.

Step 2 — Rig and Place Unit — Inspect unit for

transportation damage. See Tables 1A and 1B for physical data. File any claim with transportation agency.

Do not drop unit; keep upright. Use spreader bars over unit to prevent sling or cable damage. Level by using unit frame as a reference; leveling tolerance is shown in Fig. 1-3. See Fig. 17 for additional information. Unit operating weight is shown in Table 2.

NOTE: On retrofit jobs, ductwork may be attached to old unit instead of roof curb. Be careful not to damage ductwork when removing old unit. Attach existing ductwork to roof curb instead of unit.

Four lifting lugs are provided on the unit base rails as shown in Fig. 5-16. Refer to rigging instructions on unit.

POSITIONING — Maintain clearance, per Fig. 5-16, around and above unit to provide minimum distance from combustible materials, proper airflow, and service access.

Do not install unit in an indoor location. Do not locate unit air inlets near exhaust vents or other sources of contaminated air. For proper unit operation, adequate combustion and ventilation air must be provided in accordance with Section 5.3 (Air for Combustion and Ventilation) of the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1 (American National Standards Institute).

Although unit is weatherproof, guard against water from higher level runoff and overhangs.

Locate mechanical draft system flue assembly at least 4 ft from any opening through which combustion products could enter the building, and at least 4 ft from any adjacent building.

When unit is located adjacent to public walkways, flue assembly must be at least 7 ft above grade.

ROOF MOUNT — Check building codes for weight distribution requirements. See Fig. 17. Unit operating weight is shown in Table 2.

Step 3 — Field Fabricate Ductwork — Secure all

ducts to building structure. Use flexible duct connectors between unit and ducts as required. Insulate and weatherproof all external ductwork, joints, and roof openings with counter flashing and mastic in accordance with applicable codes.

NOTE: Due to width of the horizontal supply/return ductwork, provisions should be made for servicing of the outdoor air filters (i.e., catwalk over ductwork).

Ducts passing through an unconditioned space must be insulated and covered with a vapor barrier. Outlet grilles must not lie directly below unit discharge. The return duct must have a 90-degree elbow before opening into the building space if the unit is equipped with power exhaust.

To attach ductwork to roof curb, insert duct approximately 10 to 11 in. up into roof curb. Connect ductwork to 14-gage roof curb material with sheet metal screws driven from inside the duct.

For vertical supply and return units, tools or parts could drop into ductwork and cause an injury. Install a 90-degree elbow turn in the supply and return ductwork between the unit and the conditioned space. If a 90-degree elbow cannot be installed, then a grille of sufficient strength and density should be installed to prevent objects from falling into the conditioned space.

Step 4 — Make Unit Duct Connections

48AJ,AK,EJ,EK UNITS — Unit is shipped for through-thebottom duct connections. Field-fabricated ductwork should be attached to the roof curb. Supply and return duct dimensions are shown in Fig. 5-7 and 11-13. Air distribution is shown in Fig. 18 and 19. Refer to installation instructions shipped with roof curb for more information.

48AW,AY,EW,EY UNITS — Remove shipping covers from supply and return air openings. Attach field-supplied ductwork to unit. Connect to the unit with a single duct for all supply openings and with a single duct for all return openings. Splitting of the airflow into branch ducts should not be done at the unit. Sufficient duct length should be used prior to branching to ensure the air temperatures are well mixed within the ductwork. See Fig. 8-10 and 14-16 for duct opening dimensions. Secure all ducts to building structure. Air distribution is shown in Fig. 8-10 and 14-16.

Install accessory barometric relief or power exhaust in the field-fabricated return ductwork. Refer to Step 11 — Position Power Exhaust/Barometric Relief Damper Hood section on page 52 for more information.

Instructions continued on page 28.

Fig. 1 — Roof Curb — 48AJ,AK020-030 and 48EJ,EK024-034 Units

Fig. 2 — Roof Curb — 48AJ,AK034-050 and 48EJ,EK038-048 Units

Fig. 3 — Roof Curb — 48AJ,AK060 and 48EJ,EK054-068 Units

NOTES:

1. Unless otherwise specified, all dimensions are to outside of part.

2. Seal strip to be placed covering reference holes.

3. Phantom lines represent seal strip. Total length required is 75 linear ft.

length required is 62 linear ft.

self-tapping screws.

2.98″ at indoor motor end and 15.08″ at compressor end.

4. If existing seal strip around roof curb seems damaged, replace it. Total

5. Five crossrails are field located per dimensions shown and secured using

6. 48A and 48E series units will overhang existing “DD” or “DF” roof curbs by

7. Ductwork (field supplied) must be notched to clear three crossrails.

Fig. 4 — Roof Curb Adapter — (48AJ,AK060 and 48EJ,EK054-068 Units on 48DD,DF054-064 Retrofit, Part No. CRRCADPT005A00)

8. Dimensions in [ ] are millimeters.

1234

CORNER WEIGHT (lbs)

1082 1174 1502 1384

1126 1194 1494 1408

1135 1120 1516 1537

(ft-in.)

3-6

3-8 1103 1103 1511 1511

3-8

3-8 1123 1123 1539 1539

1234

1156 1140 1544 1565

3-8

CORNER WEIGHT (kg)

1156 1140 1544 1565

3-8 1123 1123 1539 1539

3-8

A (mm) B (mm)

(lbs)

WEIGHT*

OPERATING

UNIT SIZE

(kg)

WEIGHT*

OPERATING

UNIT SIZE

48AJ (High Heat) 020 5222 6- 1

48AJ (High Heat) 025 5308 5-10

48AJ (High Heat) 027 5405 5-10

48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 020 5142 6- 0

48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 025 5228 5- 9

48AJ (High Heat) 030 5405 5-10

48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 027 5325 5- 9

48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 030 5325 5- 9

48AJ (High Heat) 020 2369 1862 1085 511 542 678 639

48AJ (High Heat) 025 2408 1781 1125 515 508 688 697

48AJ (High Heat) 027 2452 1781 1125 524 517 700 710

48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 020 2332 1839 1072 491 533 681 628

48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 025 2371 1768 1118 500 500 686 686

48AJ (High Heat) 030 2452 1781 1125 524 517 700 710

48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 027 2415 1768 1118 509 509 698 698

48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 030 2415 1768 1118 509 509 698 698

Fig. 5 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48AJ,AK020-030

Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].

Top of Units: No Overhang.

Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].

Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].

Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].

inlet.

NOTES:

1. Weights include economizer (standard).

Min Clearances to be:

2. Center of Gravity.

3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing economizer

Filter Access Side: 10′-0″ [3048]. (For removal of evaporator coil.)

cation Engineering Department.

mounted on dunnage, it is recommended the ducts must be sup-

ported by cross braces as done on accessory roof curb.

4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier Appli-

5. Bottom ducts designed to be attached to accessory roof curb. If unit is

6. Dimensions are in inches [mm].

1234

1380 1209 1595 1820

1447 1251 1607 1859

(ft-in.)

1442 1264 1779 2030

3-10

3-11

3-10

CORNER WEIGHT (lbs)

123 4

1512 1307 1787 2068

3-11

CORNER WEIGHT (kg)

1449 1294 1878 2104

1519 1337 1886 2142

3-10

A (mm) B (mm)

OPERATING

(lbs)

WEIGHT*

UNIT SIZE

(kg)

WEIGHT*

OPERATING

UNIT SIZE

48AJ (High Heat) 035 6164 7-10

48AJ (High Heat) 040 6674 7-6

48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 035 6004 7-8

48AJ (High Heat) 050 6885 7-5

48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 040 6514 7-5

48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 050 6725 7-3

48AJ (High Heat) 035 2796 2390 1199 656 567 729 843

48AJ (High Heat) 040 3027 2306 1199 686 593 811 938

48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 035 2723 2355 1191 626 548 723 826

48AJ (High Heat) 050 3123 2266 1189 689 607 856 972

48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 040 2955 2268 1191 654 573 807 921

48AJ/AK (Low Heat) 050 3050 2228 1181 657 587 852 954

NOTES:

Fig. 6 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48AJ,AK035-050

Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].

Top of Units: No Overhang.

Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].

Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].

Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].

inlet.

1. Weights include economizer (standard).

Min Clearances to be:

2. Center of Gravity.

3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing economizer

Filter Access Side: 10′-0″ [3048]. (For removal of evaporator coil.)

cation Engineering Department.

mounted on dunnage, it is recommended the ducts must be supported

by cross braces as done on accessory roof curb.

4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier Appli-

5. Bottom ducts designed to be attached to accessory roof curb. If unit is

6. Dimensions are in inches [mm].

BASE UNIT WEIGHTS

(See Note 6) lbs (kg)

AT EACH CORNER

% OF TOTAL WEIGHT

3242 1184 21.7 19.3 27.7 31.2

3422 1235 23.9 19.4 25.4 31.3

3-10

060

48AJD/AKD 8930 (4051)

ft-in. Millimeters

CENTER OF GRAVITY

48AJE 9170 (4159)

UNIT SIZE

A B A B1234

48AJD/AKD060 10-7

48AJE060 11-2

Fig. 7 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48AJ,AK060

on dunnage, it is recommended the ducts must be supported by cross braces as

done on accessory roof curb.

included). Add indoor motor, FIOPs and accessories for total operating weight.

5. Bottom ducts designed to be attached to accessory roof curb. If unit is mounted

NOTES:

1. Weights include economizer (standard).

VFD transducer and associated wiring.

6. Base unit weights include outdoor air hoods and filters (indoor fan motor is not

7. VAV motor weights include indoor motor, VFD, compressor electric unloaders,

8. Dimensions are in inches [mm].

Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].

Top of Units: No Overhang.

Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].

Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].

Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].

Filter Access Side: 15′-0″ [4572]. (For

charge facing economizer inlet.

Min Clearances to be:

2. Center of Gravity.

3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue dis-

removal of evaporator coil.)

ances contact Carrier Application Engineer-

ing Department.

4. For smaller service and operational clear-

1234

CORNER WEIGHT (lbs)

1090 1183 1514 1395

1134 1203 1505 1419

1144 1128 1527 1548

(ft-in.)

3-6

3-8 1111 1111 1523 1523

3-8

1234

1165 1149 1555 1577

3-8 1132 1132 1551 1551

3-8

CORNER WEIGHT (kg)

1165 1149 1555 1577

3-8 1132 1132 1551 1551

3-8

A (mm) B (mm)

OPERATING

(lbs)

WEIGHT*

UNIT SIZE

(kg)

WEIGHT*

OPERATING

UNIT SIZE

48AW (High Heat) 020 5262 6- 1

48AW (High Heat) 025 5348 5-10

48AW (High Heat) 027 5445 5-10

48AW/AY (Low Heat) 020 5182 6- 0

48AW/AY (Low Heat) 025 5268 5- 9

48AW (High Heat) 030 5445 5-10

48AW/AY (Low Heat) 027 5365 5- 9

48AW/AY (Low Heat) 030 5365 5- 9

48AW (High Heat) 020 2387 1862 1085 515 546 683 644

48AW (High Heat) 025 2426 1781 1125 519 512 693 702

48AW (High Heat) 027 2470 1781 1125 528 521 705 715

48AW/AY (Low Heat) 020 2351 1839 1072 495 537 687 633

48AW/AY (Low Heat) 025 2390 1768 1118 504 504 691 691

48AW (High Heat) 030 2470 1781 1125 528 521 705 715

48AW/AY (Low Heat) 027 2434 1768 1118 513 513 704 704

48AW/AY (Low Heat) 030 2434 1768 1118 513 513 704 704

NOTES:

Fig. 8 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48AW,AY020-030

Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].

Top of Units: No Overhang.

Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].

Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].

Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].

inlet.

1. Weights include economizer (standard).

Min Clearances to be:

2. Center of Gravity.

3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing economizer

Filter Access Side: 10′-0″ [3048]. (For removal of evaporator coil.)

Application Engineering Department.

4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier

5. Dimensions are in inches [mm].

CORNER WEIGHT (lbs)

1234

1389 1217 1606 1832

1456 1259 1617 1871

1451 1271 1790 2042

1521 1315 1798 2080

1458 1301 1889 2117

1528 1345 1897 2155

(ft-in.)

3-10

3-11

(ft-in.)

3-10

3-11

3-10

CORNER WEIGHT (kg)

1234

A (mm) B (mm)

OPERATING

(lbs)

WEIGHT*

UNIT SIZE

(kg)

WEIGHT*

OPERATING

UNIT SIZE

48AW (High Heat) 035 6204 7-10

48AW (High Heat) 040 6714 7- 6

48AW/AY (Low Heat) 035 6044 7- 8

48AW (High Heat) 050 6925 7- 5

48AW/AY (Low Heat) 040 6554 7- 3

48AW/AY (Low Heat) 050 6765 7- 3

48AW (High Heat) 035 2814 2390 1199 661 571 734 849

48AW (High Heat) 040 3045 2306 1199 690 596 816 944

48AW/AY (Low Heat) 035 2741 2355 1191 630 552 728 831

48AW (High Heat) 050 3141 2266 1189 693 610 860 977

48AW/AY (Low Heat) 040 2973 2268 1191 658 577 812 926

48AW/AY (Low Heat) 050 3069 2228 1181 661 590 857 960

NOTES:

Fig. 9 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48AW,AY035-050

Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].

Top of Units: No Overhang.

Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].

Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].

Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].

Min Clearances to be:

1. Weights include economizer (standard).

2. Center of Gravity.

3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing economizer inlet.

Filter Access Side: 10′-0″ [3048]. (For removal of evaporator coil.)

4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier Application Engineering Department.

5. Dimensions are in inches [mm].

% OF TOTAL WEIGHT

060

(See Note 6) lbs (kg)

BASE UNIT WEIGHTS

CENTER OF GRAVITY

48AWE 9210 (4178)

48AWD/AYD 8970 (4069)

AT EACH CORNER

ft-in. Millimeters

A B AB1234

UNIT SIZE

3242 1184 21.7 19.3 27.7 31.2

3-10

48AWD/AYD060 10-7

3422 1235 23.9 19.4 25.4 31.3

48AWE060 11-2

included). Add indoor motor, FIOPs and accessories for total operating weight.

5. Base unit weights include outdoor air hoods and filters (indoor fan motor is not

NOTES:

1. Weights include economizer (standard).

transducer and associated wiring.

6. VAV motor weights include indoor motor, VFD, compressor electric unloaders, VFD

2. Center of Gravity.

7. Dimensions are in inches [mm].

8. For side-supply/return applications, a single return and supply ductwork connection

charge facing economizer inlet.

3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue dis-

is recommended for covering all three return and all three supply openings. The

entire area around the duct openings is available for a 1.5″ duct flange attachment.

Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].

Top of Units: No Overhang.

Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].

Min Clearances to be:

Fig. 10 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48W,AY060

Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].

Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].

Filter Access Side: 15′-0″ [4572]. (For

removal of evaporator coil.)

ances contact Carrier Application Engineer-

ing Department.

4. For smaller service and operational clear-

NOTES:

Fig. 11 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48EJ,EK024-034

Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].

Top of Units: No Overhang.

Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].

Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].

Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].

inlet.

1. Weights include economizer (standard).

Min Clearances to be:

2. Center of Gravity.

3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing economizer

Filter Access Side: 10′-0″ [3048]. (For removal of evaporator coil.)

cation Engineering Department.

mounted on dunnage, it is recommended the ducts must be supported

by cross braces as done on accessory roof curb.

4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier Appli-

5. Bottom ducts designed to be attached to accessory roof curb. If unit is

6. Dimensions are in inches [mm].

NOTES:

Fig. 12 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48EJ,EK038-048

Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].

Top of Units: No Overhang.

Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].

Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].

Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].

inlet.

1. Weights include economizer (standard).

Min Clearances to be:

2. Center of Gravity.

3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing economizer

Filter Access Side: 10′-0″ [3048]. (For removal of evaporator coil.)

cation Engineering Department.

mounted on dunnage, it is recommended the ducts must be supported

by cross braces as done on accessory roof curb.

4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier Appli-

5. Bottom ducts designed to be attached to accessory roof curb. If unit is

6. Dimensions are in inches [mm].

AT EACH CORNER

% OF TOTAL WEIGHT

CENTER OF GRAVITY

Inches Millimeters

UNIT SIZE

ABAB1234

48EJD/EKD054 130.9 46.9 3325 1192 22.4 19.6 27.0 30.9

48EJE054 133.8 47.4 3397 1204 23.1 19.8 26.3 30.7

48EJE058 139.5 49.6 3544 1260 25.3 19.6 24.1 31.1

48EJE064 132.2 47.2 3359 1199 22.8 19.7 26.7 30.8

48EJD/EKD058 132.1 47.5 3354 1207 22.9 19.5 26.5 31.1

48EJE068 134.7 48.6 3422 1235 23.9 19.4 25.4 31.3

48EJD/EKD064 125.3 45.2 3181 1149 20.7 19.6 29.1 30.7

48EJD/EKD068 127.7 46.6 3242 1184 21.7 19.3 27.7 31.2

BASE UNIT WEIGHTS

(See Note 6) lbs (kg)

054 058 064 068

48EJE 7045 (3196) 7295 (3309) 7545 (3422) 7720 (3502)

48EJD/EKD 6805 (3087) 7055 (3200) 7305 (3314) 7480 (3393)

Fig. 13 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48EJ,EK054-068

Filter Access Side: 15′-0″ [4572]. (For removal of evaporator

Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].

mizer inlet.

NOTES:

1. Weights include economizer (standard).

Min Clearances to be:

2. Center of Gravity.

3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing econo-

coil.)

Top of Units: No Overhang.

Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].

Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].

Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].

Application Engineering Department.

unit is mounted on dunnage, it is recommended the ducts must

be supported by cross braces as done on accessory roof curb.

fan motor is not included). Add indoor motor, FIOPs and acces-

sories for total operating weight.

4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier

5. Bottom ducts designed to be attached to accessory roof curb. If

electric unloaders, VFD transducer and associated wiring.

6. Base unit weights include outdoor air hoods and filters (indoor

7. VAV motor weights include indoor motor, VFD, compressor

8. Dimensions in are in inches [mm].

Fig. 14 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48EW,EY024-034

Filter Access Side: 15′-0″ [4572]. (For removal of evaporator

Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].

Min Clearances to be:

NOTES:

mizer inlet.

1. Weights include economizer (standard).

2. Center of Gravity.

3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing econo-

coil.)

Top of Units: No Overhang.

Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].

Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].

Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].

Application Engineering Department.

4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier

5. Dimensions in are in inches [mm].

NOTES:

Fig. 15 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48EW,EY038-048

Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].

Filter Access Side: 15′-0″ [4572]. (For removal of evaporator

coil.)

Top of Units: No Overhang.

Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].

Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].

Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].

Min Clearances to be:

mizer inlet.

1. Weights include economizer (standard).

2. Center of Gravity.

3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge facing econo-

4. For smaller service and operational clearances contact Carrier

Application Engineering Department.

5. Dimensions in are in inches [mm].

AT EACH CORNER

% OF TOTAL WEIGHT

CENTER OF GRAVITY

Inches Millimeters

UNIT SIZE

ABAB1234

48EWD/EYD054 130.9 46.9 3325 1192 22.4 19.6 27.0 30.9

48EWE054 133.8 47.4 3397 1204 23.1 19.8 26.3 30.7

48EWE058 139.5 49.6 3544 1260 25.3 19.6 24.1 31.1

48EWE064 132.2 47.2 3359 1199 22.8 19.7 26.7 30.8

48EWD/EYD058 132.1 47.5 3354 1207 22.9 19.5 26.5 31.1

48EWE068 134.7 48.6 3422 1235 23.9 19.4 25.4 31.3

48EWD/EYD064 125.3 45.2 3181 1149 20.7 19.6 29.1 30.7

48EWD/EYD068 127.7 46.6 3242 1184 21.7 19.3 27.7 31.2

BASE UNIT WEIGHTS

(See Note 6) lbs (kg)

054 058 064 068

48EWE 7085 (3214) 7335 (3327) 7585 (3441) 7760 (3520)

48EWD/EYD 6845 (3105) 7095 (3218) 7345 (3332) 7520 (3411)

Fig. 16 — Base Unit Dimensions — 48EW,EY054-068

Filter Access Side: 15′-0″ [4572]. (For

Adjacent Units: 15′-0″ [4572].

Top of Units: No Overhang.

facing economizer inlet.

NOTES:

1. Weights include economizer (standard).

Min Clearances to be:

2. Center of Gravity.

3. Do not locate adjacent units with flue discharge

removal of evaporator coil.)

Condenser Coil: 4′-0″ [1219].

Economizer Side: 6′-0″ [1829].

Heat Side: 4′-0″ [1219].

contact Carrier Application Engineering Depart-

ment.

and filters (indoor fan motor is not included).

Add indoor motor, FIOPs and accessories for

total operating weight.

compressor electric unloaders, VFD transducer

and associated wiring.

return and supply ductwork connection is rec-

ommended for covering all three return and all

three supply openings. The entire area around

the duct openings is available for a 1.5″ duct

4. For smaller service and operational clearances

5. Base unit weights include outdoor air hoods

6. VAV motor weights include indoor motor, VFD,

flange attachment

7. For side-supply/return applications, a single

8. Dimensions in are in inches [mm].

48AJ,AK,AW,AY UNITS

UNIT

CENTER OF GRAVITY

Inches Millimeters

PERCENT OF TOTAL WEIGHT

AT EACH CORNER (%)

ABAB1 2 3 4

48AJ,AKD020 72.4 42.2 1839 1072 21.0% 22.8% 29.2% 26.9%

48AJE020 73.3 42.7 1862 1085 21.6% 22.9% 28.6% 27.0%

48AW,AYD020 72.4 42.2 1839 1072 21.0% 22.8% 29.2% 26.9%

48AWE020 73.3 42.7 1862 1085 21.6% 22.9% 28.6% 27.0%

48AJ,AKD025 69.6 44.0 1768 1118 21.1% 21.1% 28.9% 28.9%

48AJE025 70.1 44.3 1781 1125 21.4% 21.1% 28.6% 29.0%

48AW,AYD025 69.6 44.0 1768 1118 21.1% 21.1% 28.9% 28.9%

48AWE025 70.1 44.3 1781 1125 21.4% 21.1% 28.6% 29.0%

48AJ,AKD027 69.6 44.0 1768 1118 21.1% 21.1% 28.9% 28.9%

48AJE027 70.1 44.3 1781 1125 21.4% 21.1% 28.6% 29.0%

48AW,AYD027 69.6 44.0 1768 1118 21.1% 21.1% 28.9% 28.9%

48AWE027 70.1 44.3 1781 1125 21.4% 21.1% 28.6% 29.0%

48AJ,AKD030 69.6 44.0 1768 1118 21.1% 21.1% 28.9% 28.9%

48AJE030 70.1 44.3 1781 1125 21.4% 21.1% 28.6% 29.0%

48AW,AYD030 69.6 44.0 1768 1118 21.1% 21.1% 28.9% 28.9%

48AWE030 70.1 44.3 1781 1125 21.4% 21.1% 28.6% 29.0%

48AJ,AKD035 92.7 46.9 2355 1191 23.0% 20.1% 26.6% 30.3%

48AJE035 94.1 47.2 2390 1199 23.5% 20.3% 26.1% 30.2%

48AW,AYD035 92.7 46.9 2355 1191 23.0% 20.1% 26.6% 30.3%

48AWE035 94.1 47.2 2390 1199 23.5% 20.3% 26.1% 30.2%

48AJ,AKD040 89.3 46.9 2268 1191 22.1% 19.4% 27.3% 31.2%

48AJE040 90.8 47.2 2306 1199 22.7% 19.6% 26.8% 31.0%

48AW,AYD040 89.3 46.9 2268 1191 22.1% 19.4% 27.3% 31.2%

48AWE040 90.8 47.2 2306 1199 22.7% 19.6% 26.8% 31.0%

48AJ,AKD050 87.7 46.5 2228 1181 21.6% 19.2% 27.9% 31.3%

48AJE050 89.2 46.8 2266 1189 22.1% 19.4% 27.4% 31.1%

48AW,AYD050 87.7 46.5 2228 1181 21.6% 19.2% 27.9% 31.3%

48AWE050 89.2 46.8 2266 1189 22.1% 19.4% 27.4% 31.1%

48AJ,AKD060 125.3 45.2 3181 1149 21.7% 19.3% 27.7% 31.2%

48AJE060 132.2 47.2 3359 1199 23.9% 19.4% 25.4% 31.3%

48AW,AYD060 127.7 46.6 3242 1184 21.7% 19.3% 27.7% 31.2%

48AWE060 134.7 48.6 3422 1235 23.9% 19.4% 25.4% 31.3%

Fig. 17 — Rigging Information

48EJ,EK,EW,EY UNITS

CENTER OF GRAVITY

UNIT

48EJ,EW,EK,EYD024 72.4 42.2 1839 1072 21.0 22.8 29.2 26.9

48EJ,EWE024 73.3 42.7 1862 1085 21.6 22.9 28.6 27.0

48EJ,EW,EK,EYD028 69.6 44.0 1768 1118 21.1 21.1 28.9 28.9

48EJ,EWE028 70.1 44.3 1781 1125 21.4 21.1 28.6 29.0

48EJ,EW,EK,EYD030 69.6 44.0 1768 1118 21.1 21.1 28.9 28.9

48EJ,EWE030 70.1 44.3 1781 1125 21.4 21.1 28.6 29.0

48EJ,EW,EK,EYD034 69.6 44.0 1768 1118 21.1 21.1 28.9 28.9

48EJ,EWE034 70.1 44.3 1781 1125 21.4 21.1 28.6 29.0

48EJ,EW,EK,EYD038 92.7 46.9 2355 1191 23.0 20.1 26.6 30.3

48EJ,EWE038 94.1 47.2 2390 1199 23.5 20.3 26.1 30.2

48EJ,EW,EK,EYD044 89.3 46.9 2268 1191 22.1 19.4 27.3 31.2

48EJ,EWE044 90.8 47.2 2306 1199 22.7 19.6 26.8 31.0

48EJ,EW,EK,EYD048 87.7 46.5 2228 1181 21.6 19.2 27.9 31.3

48EJ,EWE048 89.2 46.8 2226 1189 22.1 19.4 27.4 31.1

48EJ,EW,EK,EYD054 130.9 46.9 3325 1192 22.4 19.6 27.0 30.9

48EJ,EWE054 133.8 47.4 3397 1204 23.1 19.8 26.3 30.7

48EJ,EW,EK,EYD058 132.1 47.5 3354 1207 22.9 19.5 26.5 31.1

48EJ,EWE058 139.5 49.6 3544 1260 25.3 19.6 24.1 31.1

48EJ,EW,EK,EYD064 125.3 45.2 3181 1149 20.7 19.6 29.1 30.7

48EJ,EWE064 132.2 47.2 3359 1199 22.8 19.7 26.7 30.8

48EJ,EW,EK,EYD068 127.7 46.6 3242 1184 21.7 19.3 27.7 31.2

48EJ,EWE068 134.7 48.6 3422 1235 23.9 19.4 25.4 31.3

Inches Millimeters

ABAB1 2 3 4

PERCENT OF TOTAL WEIGHT

AT EACH CORNER (%)

RIGGING WEIGHTS

48AJ,AK,AW,AY UNITS

UNIT

48AJ,AKD 5142 5228 5325 5325 6004 6514 6725 8930 48AJ,AKE 5222 5308 5405 5405 6164 6674 6885 9170 48AW,AYD 5182 5268 5365 5365 6044 6554 6765 8970 48AW,AYE 5262 5348 5445 5445 6204 6714 6925 9210

*Includes outdoor-air hoods, filters, largest available indoor-fan

motor, modulating power exhaust, and the largest available variable frequency drive (VFD).

NOTES:

1. Center of gravity.

2. On 020-050 includes 500 lbs and on 060 725 lbs for modulating power exhaust.

020 025 027 030 035 040 050 060

MAXIMUM UNIT WEIGHTS (lb)*

3. On 020-050 includes 170 lbs and on 060 55 lbs for economizer hoods. Includes 45 lbs for the economizer hood packaging.

4. Add 220 lbs for copper coil on the 020-030 size.

5. Add 284 lbs for copper coil on the 035 size.

6. Add 380 lbs for copper coil on the 040-050 size.

7. Add 651 lbs for copper coil on the 060 size.

48EJ,EK,EW,EY UNITS

UNIT

48EJ,EKD 5142 5228 5304 5304 5943 6237 6622 8029 8377 8755 8930

48EJE 5222 5384 5384 5384 6103 6397 6782 8269 8617 8995 9170

48EW,EYD 5182 5404 5344 5344 5983 6277 6662 8069 8417 8795 8970

48EWE 5262 5492 5424 5424 6143 6437 6822 8309 8657 9035 9210

*Includes outdoor-air hoods, filters, largest available indoor-fan

motor, modulating power exhaust, and the largest available variable frequency drive (VFD).

NOTES:

1. Center of gravity.

2. Sizes 024-048 includes 500 lb and sizes 054-068 includes 725 lb for modulating power exhaust.

3. Sizes 024-048 includes 170 lb and sizes 054-068 includes 255 lb for economizer hoods.

024 028 030 034 038 044 048 054 058 064 068

MAXIMUM UNIT WEIGHTS (lb)*

4. Economizer hood packaging includes 45 lb.

5. For sizes 024-034 add 220 lb for copper coil.

6. For sizes 038-044 add 284 lb for copper coil.

7. For 048 size add 380 lb for copper coil.

8. For 054 size add 271 lb for copper coil.

9. For 058 size add 407 lb for copper coil.

10. For 064 size add 489 lb for copper coil.

11. For 068 size add 651 lb for copper coil.

Fig. 17 — Rigging Information (cont)

Table 1A — Physical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units

UNIT 48AJ,AK,AW,AY 020D/E 025D/E 027D/E 030D/E NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons) 20 25 27 30 BASE UNIT OPERATING WEIGHT (lb) See Operating Weights Table 2. COMPRESSOR

Quantity...Type (Ckt 1 , Ckt 2) 1...06D328, 1...06D818 2...06D328 2...06D328 1...06D537, 1…06D328 Number of Refrigerant Circuits 2222 Oil (oz) (Ckt 1 , Ckt 2) 115, 88 115 ea. 115 ea. 115 ea.

REFRIGERANT TYPE R-22 Operating Charge (lb-oz) Circuit 1 25-0 25-0 29-0 27-0 Circuit 2 31-0 25-0 28-0 29-0

CONDENSER COIL * Cross-Hatched Quantity 1111 Rows...Fins/in. 4...15 4...15 4...15 4...15 Total Face Area (sq ft) 33.333.333.333.3

CONDENSER FAN Propeller Type Nominal Cfm 13,420 13,420 13,420 13,420 Quantity...Diameter (in.) 2...30 2...30 2...30 2...30 Motor Hp 1111

EVAPORATOR COIL Cross-Hatched Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins Tube Size (in.) Rows...Fins/in. 4...15 4...15 4...15 4... 5 Total Face Area (sq ft) 31.731.734.734.7

EVAPORATOR FAN Centrifugal Type Quantity...Size (in.) 2...20 X 15 2... 20 X 15 2... 20 X 15 2... 20 X 15 Type Drive Belt Belt Belt Belt Nominal Cfm 8,000 10,000 11,000 12,000 Motor Hp 5 10 15 7.5 10 15 10 15 20 10 15 20 Motor Frame Size 184T 215T 254T 213T 215T 254T 215T 254T 256T 215T 254T 256T Motor Bearing Type Ball Ball Ball Ball Maximum Allowable Rpm 1200 1200 1200 1200 Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter 4.9 4.4 5.7 5.4 6.1 5.5 4.4 4.9 5.9 4.4 5.7 5.9 Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.) 11/ Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.) 12.4 8.6 9.1 12.4 11.1 8.7 9.4 8.1 8.7 9.0 9.1 8.7 Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.) 115/ Belt Quantity 122112222222 Belt Type BX56 BX50 5VX530 BX56 5VX590 5VX570 BX50 5VX500 5VX530 BX50 5VX530 5VX530 Belt Length (in.) 56 63 53 56 59 57 50 50 53 50 53 53 Pulley Center Line Distance (in.) 16.0-18.7 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.6-18.4 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.0-17.9 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.0-17.9 Factory Speed Setting (rpm) 717 924 1096 773 962 1106 848 1059 1187 884 1096 1187

FURNACE SECTION Rollout Switch Cutout Temp (F) † 225 225 225 225

Burner Orifice Diameter (in. ...drill size)

Natural Gas Std .111...34 .111...34 .111...34 .111...34 Liquid Propane Alt .089...43 .089...43 .089...43 .089...43 Thermostat Heat Anticipator Setting Stage 1 (amps) 0.10.10.10.1 Stage 2 (amps) 0.10.10.10.1 Gas Input (Btuh) Stage 1 262,500/394,000 262,500/394,000 262,500/394,000 262,500/394,000

Efficiency (Steady State) (%) 82 82 82 82 Temperature Rise Range 15-45/35-65 15-45/35-65 15-45/35-65 15-45/35-65 Manifold Pressure (in. wg) Natural Gas Std 3.53.53.53.5 Liquid Propane Alt 3.53.53.53.5 Gas Valve Quantity 2222

HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig) Cutout 426 426 426 426 Reset (Auto.) 320 320 320 320

LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig) Cutout 27 27 27 27 Reset (Auto.) 67 67 67 67

RETURN-AIR FILTERS Quantity...Size (in.) 10...20 x 24 x 2 10...20 x 24 x 2 10...20 x 24 x 2 10...20 x 24 x 2

OUTDOOR AIR FILTERS 8...16 x 25 8...16 x 25 8...16 x 25 8...16 x 25

Quantity...Size (in.) 4...20 x 25 4...20 x 25 4..20 x 25 4...20 x 25

S t a g e 2 350,000/525,000 350,000/525,000 350,000/525,000 350,000/525,000

13/

LEGEND *Sizes 020-030: Circuit 1 uses the lower por tion of condenser coil, Circuit 2 uses the upper

Al — Aluminum Bhp — Brake Horsepower Cu — Copper

/8" Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins

13/

115/

15/

portion. Sizes 035-050: Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil, Circuit 2 the right. All units have intertwined evaporator coils.

†Rollout switch is manual reset.

13/

15/

115/

15/

13/

15/

115/

15/

NOTE: High heat is for 48AJ,AW only.

Table 1A — Physical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units (cont)

UNIT 48AJ,AK,AW,AY 035D/E 040D/E 050D/E 060D/E NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons) 35 40 50 60 BASE UNIT OPERATING WEIGHT (lb) See Operating Weights Table 2. COMPRESSOR

Quantity...Type (Ckt 1 , Ckt 2) 2...06D537 1...06D537, 1...06EA250 2…06EA250 2...06EA265 Number of Refrigerant Circuits 2222 Oil (oz) (Ckt 1 , Ckt 2) 115 ea. 115, 224 224 ea. 304 ea.

REFRIGERANT TYPE Operating Charge (lb-oz) Circuit 1 34-8 51-8 50-0 79-8 Circuit 2 34-8 49-8 50-0 79-8

CONDENSER COIL * Cross-Hatched Quantity 2222 Rows...Fins/in. 3...15 4...15 4...15 4…15 Total Face Area (sq ft) 58.3 66.7 66.7 100

CONDENSER FAN Propeller Type Nominal Cfm 27,064 27,064 27,064 43,900 Quantity...Diameter (in.) 4...30 4...30 4...30 6...30 Motor Hp 1111

EVAPORATOR COIL Cross-Hatched Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins Tube Size (in.) Rows...Fins/in. 4...15 6...15 6...15 4...17 Total Face Area (sq ft) 34.7 31.3 31.3 48.1

EVAPORATOR FAN Centrifugal Type Quantity...Size (in.) 2...20 X 15 2...20 X 15 2...20 X 15 3...20 X 15 Type Drive Belt Belt Belt Belt Nominal Cfm 14,000 16,000 20,000 24,000 Motor Hp 10 15 20 15 20 25 20 25 30 25 30 40 Motor Frame Size 215T 254T 25 6T 254T 256T 284T 256T 284T 286T 284T 286T 324T Motor Bearing Type Ball Ball Ball Ball Maximum Allowable Rpm 1200 1200 1300 1200 Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter 6.1 5.3 5.7 5.3 5.7 7.5 6.3 8.1 7.5 5.3 8.1 9.4 Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.) 13/ Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.) 13.7 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 11.1 11.1 12.5 11.1 9.1 12.5 13.6 Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.) 115/ Belt Quantity 122222222332 Belt Type 5VX610 5VX530 5VX550 5VX530 5VX550 5VX590 5VX570 5VX630 5VX590 5VX530 5VX630 5VX650 Belt Length (in.) 61 53 55 53 55 59 57 63 59 53 63 65 Pulley Center Line Distance (in.) 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.0-17.9 15.0-17.9 15.0-17.9 14.6-17.6 15.0-17.9 14.6-17.6 14.6-17.6 15.2-17.5 14.7-17.2 14.2-17.0 Factory Speed Setting (rpm) 779 976 1050 976 1050 1182 993 1134 1182 1019 1134 1214

FURNACE SECTION Rollout Switch Cutout Temp (F) † 225 225 225 225

Burner Orifice Diameter (in. ...drill size)

Natural Gas Std .120...31 .120...31 .120...31 .120...31 Liquid Propane Alt .096...41 .096...41 .096...41 .096...41 Thermostat Heat Anticipator Setting Stage 1 (amps) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Stage 2 (amps) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Gas Input (Btuh) Stage 1 300,000/600,000 300,000/600,000 300,000/600,000 582,000/ 873,000

Efficiency (Steady State) (%) 82 82 82 82 Temperature Rise Range 10-40/30-60 10-40/30-60 10-40/30-60 10-40/30-60 Manifold Pressure (in. wg) Natural Gas Std 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.3

Gas Valve Quantity 2223 HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)

Cutout 426 426 426 426 Reset (Auto.) 320 320 320 320

LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig) Cutout 27 27 27 27 Reset (Auto.) 67 67 67 67

RETURN-AIR FILTERS Quantity...Size (in.) 10...20 x 24 x 2 10...20 x 24 x 2 10...20 x 24 x 2 16...20 x 24 x 2

OUTDOOR AIR FILTERS 8...16 x 25 8...16 x 25 8...16 x 25 12...16 x 25

Quantity...Size (in.) 4...20 x 25 4...20 x 25 4...20 x 25 6...20 x 25

S t a g e 2 400,000/800,000 400,000/800,000 400,000/800,000 776,000/1,164,000

15/

LEGEND *Sizes 020-030: Circuit 1 uses the lower por tion of condenser coil, Circuit 2 uses the upper

Al — Aluminum Bhp — Brake Horsepower Cu — Copper

/8" Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins

15/

115/

17/

portion. Sizes 035-050: Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil, Circuit 2 the right. All units have intertwined evaporator coils.

†Rollout switch is manual reset.

15/

17/

115/

NOTE: High heat is for 48AJ,AW only.

17/

115/

21/

3.3 Liquid Propane Alt 3.5 3.5 3.5

Table 1B — Physical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units

UNIT 48EJ,EK,EW,EY 024D/E 028D/E 030D/E 034D/E NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons) 20 25 27.5 30 OPERATING WEIGHT (lb) For Operating Weights see Table 2. COMPRESSOR

Typ e Ck t 1 06D328 06D328 06D537 06D537

Ckt 2 06D818 06D328 06D328 06D537 Number of Refrigerant Circuits 22 2 2 Oil (oz) (Ckt 1, Ckt 2) 115, 88 115 ea. 115 ea. 115 ea.

REFRIGERANT TYPE R-22

Operating Charge (lb-oz)

Circuit 1* 25-0 25-0 25-0 25-0 Circuit 2 31-0 25-0 25-0 25-0

CONDENSER COIL Cross-Hatched

Quantity 11 1 1 Rows...Fins/in. 4...15 4...15 4...15 4...15 Total Face Area (sq ft) 33.3 33.3 33.3 33.3

CONDENSER FAN Propeller Type

Nominal Cfm 13,420 13,420 13,420 13,420 Quantity...Diameter (in.) 2...30 2...30 2...30 2...30 Motor Hp (1075 Rpm) 11 1 1

EVAPORATOR COIL Cross-Hatched 3/8″ Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins, Intertwined Circuits

Rows...Fins/in. 4...15 4...15 4...15 4...15 Total Face Area (sq ft) 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7

EVAPORATOR FAN Centrifugal Type

Quantity...Size (in.) 2...20x15 2...20x15 2...20x15 2...20x15 Type Drive Belt Belt Belt Belt Nominal Cfm 8,000 10,000 11,000 12,000 Motor Hp 5 10† 15 7.5 10† 15 10 15† 20 10 15† 20 Motor Frame Size (Standard) S184T S215T D254T S213T S215T D254T S215T D254T S256T S215T D254T S256T

(High Efficiency) S184T S215T S254T S213T S215T S254T S215T S254T S256T S215T S254T S256T Motor Bearing Type Ball Ball Ball Ball Maximum Allowable Rpm 1200 1200 1200 1200 Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter 4.9 4.4 5.7 5.4 6.1 5.5 4.4 4.9 5.9 4.4 5.7 5.9 Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.) 11/ Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.) 12.4 8.6 9.1 12.4 11.1 8.7 9.4 8.1 8.7 9.0 9.1 8.7 Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.) 115/ Belt, Quantity...Type 1...BX56 2...BX50 2...5VX530 1...BX56 1...5VX570 2...5VX530 2...BX50 2...5VX500 2...5VX530 2...BX50 2...5VX530 2...5VX530 Belt, Length (in.) 56 50 53 56 59 57 50 50 53 50 53 53 Pulley Center Line Distance (in.) 16.0-18.7 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 Factory Speed Setting (rpm) 717 924 1096 773 962 1106 848 1059 1187 884 1096 1187

FURNACE SECTION

Rollout Switch Cutout Temp (F)** 225 225 225 225 Burner Orifice Diameter

(in. ...drill size)

Natural Gas Std .111...34 .111...34 .111...34 .111...34

Liquid Propane Alt .089...43 .089...43 .089...43 .089...43 Thermostat Heat Anticipator Setting (amps) Stage 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Stage 2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Gas Input (Btuh) Stage 1 Low 265,600 265,600 265,600 265,600

Efficiency (Steady State) (%) 82 82 82 82 Temperature Rise Range 15-45/35-65 15-45/35-65 15-45/35-65 15-45/35-65 Gas Pressure to Unit Range (in. wg) 5-13.5 5-13.5 5-13.5 5-13.5 Manifold Pressure (in. wg)

Natural Gas Std 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

Liquid Propane Alt 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 Gas Valve Quantity 22 2 2 Field Gas Connection Size

(in.-FPT) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)

Cutout 426 426 426 426 Reset (Auto.) 320 320 320 320

LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)

Cutout 77 7 7 Reset (Auto.) 22 22 22 22

RETURN-AIR FILTERS (W x H x T)

Quantity...Size (in.) 10...20 x 24 x 2 10...20 x 24 x 2 10...20 x 24 x 2 10...20 x 24 x 2

OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS 8...16 x 25 8...16 x 25 8...16 x 25 8...16 x 25

Quantity...Size (in.) 4...20 x 25 4...20 x 25 4...20 x 25 4...20 x 25

POWER EXHAUST Direct Drive, 3-Speed, Single-Phase Motor (Factory-Wired for High Speed) and Forward Curved Fan

Motor, Quantity...Hp 4...1 Fan, Diameter...Width (in.) 11...10

*Sizes 024-034: Circuit 1 uses the lower portion of condenser coil, Circuit 2 uses the upper portion.

Sizes 038-048: Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil, Circuit 2 the right. All units have intertwined evaporator coils.

†Motor and drive shown will deliver approximately 2.5 in. wg net external static. For more information, see Table 3.

**Rollout switch is manual reset.

High 398,400 398,400 398,400 398,400 Stage 2 Low 350,000 350,000 350,000 350,000 High 525,000 525,000 525,000 525,000

13/

15/

NOTE: High heat is for 48EJ,EW only.

/8″ Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins

13/

115/

15/

13/

15/

115/

15/

13/

15/

115/

15/

Table 1B — Physical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)

NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons) 35 40 45 OPERATING WEIGHT (lb) For Operating Weights see Table 2. COMPRESSOR

Typ e Ck t 1 06D537 06EA250 06EA265

Number of Refrigerant Circuits 22 2 Oil (oz) (Ckt 1, Ckt 2) 115 ea. 224 ea. 304, 224

REFRIGERANT TYPE R-22

Operating Charge (lb-oz)

CONDENSER COIL Cross-Hatched

Quantity 2211 Rows...Fins/in. 4...15 4...15 4...15 3...15 Total Face Area (sq ft) 58.3 58.3 66.7

CONDENSER FAN Propeller Type

Nominal Cfm 27,064 27,064 27,064 Quantity...Diameter (in.) 4...30 4...30 4...30 Motor Hp (1075 Rpm) 11 1

EVAPORATOR COIL Cross-Hatched 3/8″ Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins, Intertwined Circuits

Rows...Fins/in. 3...15 3...15 4...15 Total Face Area (sq ft) 34.7 34.7 34.7

EVAPORATOR FAN Centrifugal Type

Quantity...Size (in.) 2...20x15 2...20x15 2...20x15 Type Drive Belt Belt Belt Nominal Cfm 14,000 16,000 18,000 Motor Hp 10 15† 20 15 20† 25 20 25† 30 Motor Frame Size (Standard) S215T D254T S256T D254T S256T S284T S256T S284T S286T

Motor Bearing Type Ball Ball Ball Maximum Allowable Rpm 1200 1200 1200 Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter 6.1 5.3 5.7 5.3 5.7 7.5 6.3 8.1 7.5 Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.) 13/ Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.) 13.7 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 11.1 11.1 12.5 11.1 Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.) 115/ Belt, Quantity...Type 1...5VX610 2...5VX530 2...5VX550 2...5VX530 2...5VX550 2...5VX590 2...5VX570 2...5VX630 2...5VX590 Belt, Length (in.) 61 53 55 53 55 59 57 63 59 Pulley Center Line Distance (in.) 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.0-17.9 14.6-17.6 15.0-17.9 14.6-17.6 Factory Speed Setting (rpm) 779 976 1050 976 1050 1182 993 1134 1182

FURNACE SECTION

Rollout Switch Cutout Temp (F)** 225 225 225 Burner Orifice Diameter

(in. ...drill size)

Thermostat Heat Anticipator Setting (amps) Stage 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Stage 2 0.1 0.1 0.1 Gas Input (Btuh) Stage 1 Low 303,500 303,500 303,500

Efficiency (Steady State) (%) 82 82 82 Temperature Rise Range 10-40/30-60 10-40/30-60 10-40/30-60 Gas Pressure to Unit Range (in. wg) 5-13.5 5-13.5 5-13.5 Manifold Pressure (in. wg)

Gas Valve Quantity 22 2 Field Gas Connection Size

HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)

Cutout 426 426 426 Reset (Auto.) 320 320 320

LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)

Cutout 77 7 Reset (Auto.) 22 22 22

RETURN-AIR FILTERS (W x H x T)

Quantity...Size (in.) 10...20 x 24 x 2 10...20 x 24 x 2 10...20 x 24 x 2

OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS 8...16 x 25 8...16 x 25 8...16 x 25

Quantity...Size (in.) 4...20 x 25 4...20 x 25 4...20 x 25

POWER EXHAUST Direct Drive, 3-Speed, Single-Phase Motor (Factory-Wired for High Speed) and Forward Curved Fan

Motor, Quantity...Hp 4...1 Fan, Diameter...Width (in.) 11...10

*Sizes 024-034: Circuit 1 uses the lower portion of condenser coil, Circuit 2 uses the upper portion.

Sizes 038-048: Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil, Circuit 2 the right. All units have intertwined evaporator coils.

†Motor and drive shown will deliver approximately 2.5 in. wg net external static. For more information, see Table 3.

**Rollout switch is manual reset.

NOTE: High heat is for 48EJ,EW only.

UNIT 48EJ,EK,EW,EY 034D/E 044D/E 048D/E

Ckt 2 06D537 06EA250 06EA250

Circuit 1* 34-0 35-0 41-0 Circuit 2 34-0 35-0 41-0

/8″ Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins

(High Efficiency) S215T S254T S256T S254T S256T S284T S256T S284T S286T

Natural Gas Std .120...31 .120...31 .120...31 Liquid Propane Alt .096...41 .096...41 .096...41

High 607,000 607,000 607,000 Stage 2 Low 400,000 400,000 400,000 High 800,000 800,000 800,000

Natural Gas Std 3.5 3.5 3.5 Liquid Propane Alt 3.5 3.5 3.5

15/

115/

17/

15/

17/

115/

17/

(in.-FPT) 1.5 1.5 1.5

Table 1B — Physical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)

UNIT 48EJ,EK,EW,EY 054D/E 058D/E 064D/E 068D/E NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons) 50 55 60 65 OPERATING WEIGHT (lb) For Operating Weights see Table 2. COMPRESSOR

Quantity...Type (Ckt 1, Ckt 2) 1...06EA265, 1...06EA250 1...06EA275, 1...06EA250 1...06EA275, 1...06EA265 2...06EA275 Number of Refrigerant Circuits 2222 Oil (oz) (Ckt 1, Ckt 2) 304, 224 304, 224 304, 304 304, 304

REFRIGERANT TYPE R-22

Operating Charge (lb-oz)

Circuit 1* 50-11 57-0 68-0 81-0 Circuit 2 46-8 48-6 68-0 73-0

CONDENSER COIL Cross-Hatched

Quantity 1 1 1 1 2 2 Rows...Fins/in. 3...15 2...15 3...15 2...15 3...15 4...15 Total Face Area (sq ft) 66.6 100.0 100 100

CONDENSER FAN Propeller Type

Nominal Cfm 30,000 43,900 43,900 43,900 Quantity...Diameter (in.) 4...30 6...30 6...30 6...30 Motor Hp (1075 Rpm) 1111

EVAPORATOR COIL Cross-Hatched 1/2″-in. Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins, Intertwined Circuits

Rows...Fins/in. 4...17 4...17 4...17 4...17 Total Face Area (sq ft) 45.0 45.0 48.1 48.1

EVAPORATOR FAN Centrifugal Type

Quantity...Size (in.) 3...20x15 3...20x15 3...20x15 3...20x15 Type Drive Belt Belt Belt Belt Nominal Cfm 20,000 22,000 24,000 26,000 Motor Hp 15 20† 25 20 25† 30 25 30† 40 25 30† 40 Motor Frame Size S254T S256T S284T S256T S284T S286T S284T S286T S324T S284T S286T S324T Motor Bearing Type Ball Ball Ball Ball Maximum Allowable Rpm 1200 1200 1200 1200 Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter 4.7 6.1 8.1 5.9 6.7 7.5 5.3 8.1 9.4 6.7 5.9 9.4 Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.) 15/ Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.) 11.1 11.1 12.5 11.1 11.1 11.1 9.1 12.5 13.6 12.5 9.5 13.6 Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.) 115/ Belt, Quantity...Type 2...5VX550 2...5VX570 2...5VX630 2...5VX570 2...5VX590 2...5VX590 3...5VX530 2...5VX630 2...5VX650 2...5VX610 3...5VX550 2...5VX650 Length (in.) 55 57 63 57 59 59 53 63 65 61 55 59 Pulley Center Line Distance (in.) 15.2-17.5 15.2-17.5 14.7-17.2 15.2-17.5 14.7-17.2 14.7-17.2 14.7-17.2 14.7-17.2 14.2-17.0 14.7-17.2 14.7-17.2 14.3-17.0 Factory Speed Setting (rpm) 741 962 1134 930 1056 1182 1019 1134 1214 938 1087 1214

FURNACE SECTION

Rollout Switch Cutout Temp (F)** 225 225 225 225 Burner Orifice Diameter

(in. ...drill size)

Natural Gas Std .120...31 .120...31 .120...31 .120...31

Liquid Propane Alt .096...41 .096...41 .096...41 .096...41 Thermostat Heat Anticipator Setting (amps) Stage 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Stage 2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Gas Input (Btuh) Stage 1 441,000/ 873,000 441,000/ 873,000 441,000/ 873,000 441,000/ 873,000

Efficiency (Steady State) (%) 82 82 82 82 Temperature Rise Range 10-40/30-60 10-40/30-60 10-40/30-60 10-40/30-60 Gas Pressure to Unit Range (in. wg) 5 - 13.5 5 - 13.5 5 - 13.5 5 - 13.5 Manifold Pressure (in. wg)

Natural Gas Std 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3

Liquid Propane Alt 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 Gas Valve Quantity 3333 Field Gas Connection Size

(in.-FPT) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)

Cutout 426 426 426 426 Reset (Auto.) 320 320 320 320

LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)

Cutout 7777 Reset (Auto.) 22 22 22 22

RETURN-AIR FILTERS (W x H x T)

Quantity...Size (in.) 16...20 x 24 x 2 16...20 x 24 x 2 16...20 x 24 x 2 16...20 x 24 x 2

OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS 12...16 x 25 12...16 x 25 12...16 x 25 12...16 x 25

Quantity...Size (in.) 6...20 x 25 6...20 x 25 6...20 x 25 6...20 x 25

POWER EXHAUST Direct Drive, 3-Speed, Single-Phase Motor (Factory-Wired for High Speed) and Forward Curved Fan

Motor, Quantity...Hp 6...1 Fan, Diameter...Width (in.) 11...10

*Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil. Circuit 2 the right. All units have intertwined evaporator coils. †Motor and drive shown will deliver approximately 2.5 in. wg net external static pressure. For more information see Table 3.

**Rollout switch is manual reset.

Stage 2 662,400/1,164,000 662,400/1,164,000 662,400/1,164,000 662,400/1,164,000

15/

NOTE: High heat is for 48EJ,EW.

/8″-in. Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins

17/

15/

17/

115/

17/

115/

21/

17/

115/

21/

Table 2 — Operating Weights

48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units

UNIT

48AJD,AKD 4287 4373 4394 4394 5073 5515 5628 7480

48AJE 4367 4453 4474 4474 5233 5675 5788 7720

48AWD,AYD 4327 4413 4434 4434 5113 5555 5668 7520

48AWE 4407 4493 4514 4514 5273 5715 5828 7760

OPTION/

ACCE SSORY

Barometric Relief 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 450 Powe r Exhaust 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 675 Modulating Power Exhaust 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 725 Cu Tubing/Cu Fin Condenser Coil 220 220 220 220 285 285 380 651 Roof Curb (14-in. curb) 365 365 365 365 410 410 410 585

020 025 027 030 035 040 050 060

BASE UNIT WEIGHTS (Lb)*

OPTION/ACCESSORY WEIGHTS (Lb)

48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units

UNIT

48EJ,EKD 4287 4373 4373 4373 5012 5238 5525 6805 7055 7305 7480

48EJE 4367 4453 4453 4453 5172 5398 5685 7045 7295 7545 7720

48EW,EYD 4327 4413 4413 4413 5052 5278 5565 6845 7095 7345 7520

48EWE 4407 4493 4493 4493 5212 5438 5725 7085 7335 7585 7760

OPTION/

ACCE SSORY

Barometric Relief 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 450 450 450 450 Powe r Exhaust 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 675 675 675 675 Modular Power Exhaust 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 725 725 725 725 Cu Tubing/Cu Fin Condenser Coil 220 220 220 220 285 285 380 271 407 489 651 Roof Curb (14-in. curb) 365 365 365 365 410 410 410 585 585 585 585

024 028 030 034 038 044 048 054 058 064 068

BASE UNIT WEIGHTS (Lb)*

OPTION/ACCESSORY WEIGHTS (Lb)

CV MOTOR WEIGHTS (Lb)

MOTOR

7.5

LEGEND

Cu — Copper CV — Constant Volume FIOP — Factory-Installed Option HP — Horsepower IFM — Indoor Fan Motor VAV — Variable Air Volume VFD — Variable Frequency Drive

*Outdoor-air hoods and filters included in base unit weights; indoor-

fan motors are NOT included.

UNIT

VOLTAGE

230/460 78 94

575 78 92

230/460 107 135

575 107 136

230/460 118 164

575 118 156

230/460 150 217

575 150 220

230/460 212 250

575 212 258

230/460 240 309

575 240 319

230/460 283 355

575 283 359

230/460 372 415

575 372 410

STANDARD

EFFICIENCY

IFM

HIGH

EFFICIENCY

IFM

VAV MOTOR WEIGHTS (Lb)

MOTOR

7.5

NOTES:

1. Base unit weight includes outdoor-air hoods. Base unit weight does NOT include indoor-fan motor. ADD indoor-fan motor, FIOPs, and accessories for TOTAL operating weight.

2. The VAV motor weights include indoor fan motor and the VFD (variable frequency drive), compressor electric unloaders, VFD transducers, and associated wiring.

UNIT

VOLTAGE

230/460 125 141

575 163 177

230/460 183 211

575 193 222

230/460 204 250

575 204 242

230/460 238 305

575 240 310

230/460 348 386

575 304 350

230/460 377 446

575 375 454

230/460 480 552

575 418 494

230/460 637 680

575 587 625

STANDARD

EFFICIENCY

IFM

HIGH

EFFICIENCY

IFM

Table 3 — Evaporator Fan Motor Data

UNIT SIZE

48AJ,AK,

AW,AY

020 024

025 028

027 030

030 034

035 038

040 044

050 048

— 054

— 058

060 064

— 068

NOTES:

1. Motor shaft speed is 1750 rpm. The fan shaft diameter is 115/16 inches.

2. All indoor fan motors meet the minimum efficiency requirements as established by the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT), effective October 24, 1997.

UNIT SIZE

48EJ,EK,

EW,EY

MOTOR

SHAFT DIA.

5 1.125 717 BK55 4.9 NONE — 1.125 1B5V124 12.4 B—1.9375 BX56 8 10 1.375 924 2BK50 4.4 NONE — 1.375 2B5V86 8.6 B—1.9375 (2) BX50 8 15 1.625 1096 2B5V56 5.7 B — 1.625 2B5V90 9.1 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530 9

7.5 1.375 773 BK60H 5.4 H — 1.375 1B5V124 12.4 B—1.9375 BX56 10 10 1.375 962 1B5V60 6.1 H — 1.375 1B5V110 11.1 B—1.9375 5VX570 11 15 1.625 1106 2B5V54 5.5 B — 1.625 2B5V86 8.7 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530 9

10 1.375 848 2BK50 4.4 NONE — 1.375 2B5V94 9.4 B—1.9375 (2) BX50 8 15 1.625 1059 2B5V48 4.9 B — 1.625 2B5V80 8.1 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX500 10 20 1.625 1187 2B5V58 5.9 B — 1.625 2B5V86 8.7 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530 11

10 1.375 884 2BK50 4.4 H — 1.375 2B5V90 9.0 B—1.9375 (2) BX50 8 15 1.625 1096 2B5V56 5.7 B — 1.625 2B5V90 9.1 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530 9 20 1.625 1187 2B5V58 5.9 B — 1.625 2B5V86 8.7 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530 11

10 1.375 779 1B5V60 6.1 NONE — 1.375 1B5V136 13.7 B—1.9375 5VX610 12 15 1.625 976 2B5V52 5.3 B — 1.625 2B5V94 9.5 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530 10 20 1.625 1050 2B5V56 5.7 B — 1.625 2B5V94 9.5 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX550 11

15 1.625 976 2B5V52 5.3 B — 1.625 2B5V94 9.5 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530 10 20 1.625 1050 2B5V56 5.7 B — 1.625 2B5V94 9.5 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX550 11 25 1.875 1182 2B5V74 7.5 B — 1.875 2B5V110 11.1 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX590 11

20 1.625 993 2B5V62 6.3 B — 1.625 2B5V110 11.1 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX570 11 25 1.875 1134 2B5V80 8.1 B — 1.875 2B5V124 12.5 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX630 11 30 1.875 1182 2B5V74 7.5 B — 1.875 2B5V110 11.1 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX590 13

15 1.625 741 2B5V46 4.7 B — 1.625 2B5V110 11.1 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX550 11 20 1.625 962 2B5V60 6.1 B — 1.625 2B5V110 11.1 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX570 12 25 1.875 1134 2B5V80 8.1 B — 1.875 2B5V124 12.5 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX630 12

20 1.625 930 2B5V58 5.9 B — 1.625 2B5V110 11.1 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX570 13 25 1.875 1056 2B5V66 6.7 B — 1.875 2B5V110 11.1 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX590 14 30 1.875 1182 2B5V74 7.5 B — 1.875 2B5V110 11.1 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX590 14

25 1.875 1019 3B5V52 5.3 B — 1.875 3B5V90 9.1 B—1.9375 (3) 5VX530 12 30 1.875 1134 2B5V80 8.1 B — 1.875 2B5V124 12.5 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX630 14 40 2.125 1214 2B5V94 9.4 B — 2.125 2B5V136 13.6 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX650 15

25 1.875 938 2B5V66 6.7 B — 1.875 2B5V124 12.5 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX610 14 30 1.875 1087 3B5V58 5.9 B — 1.875 3B5V94 9.5 B—1.9375 (3) 5VX550 13 40 2.125 1214 2B5V94 9.4 B — 2.125 2B5V136 13.6 B—1.9375 (2) 5VX650 15

(in.)

FAN SHAFT SPEED

(rpm)

MOTOR

SHEAVE

MOTOR

SHEAVE

PITCH

DIAMETER

(in.)

BUSHING

DIAMETER

(in.)

FAN

SHEAVE

FAN

SHEAVE

PITCH

DIAMETER

(in.)

BUSHING

DIAMETER

(in.)

BELT

(Quantity)

BELT

TENSION

(lb at .25 in.)

Fig. 18 — Air Distribution — Thru-the-Bottom

Fig. 19 — Air Distribution — Thru-the-Side

Step 5 — Install Flue Hood

48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 AND 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048 UNITS — Flue hood is shipped inside gas section of unit. To install, secure flue hood to access panel. See Fig. 20A.

48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 AND 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 UNITS — Flue hood and wind baffle are shipped inside gas section of unit. To install, secure flue hood to access panel. Install the two pieces of the wind baffle over the flue hood. See Fig. 20B.

NOTE: When properly installed, flue hood will line up with combustion fan housing. See Fig. 21.

Fig. 21 — Combustion Fan Housing Location

Step 6 — Trap Condensate Drain — See Fig. 5-16

for drain location. Condensate drain is open to atmosphere and must be trapped. Install a trapped drain at the drain location. One 1-in. FPT coupling is provided inside the unit evaporator section for condensate drain connection. A trap at least 4-in. deep must be used. See Fig. 22. Trap must be installed to prevent freeze-up.

Condensate pans are sloped so that water will completely drain from the condensate pan to comply with indoor air quality guidelines. The condensate drain pans are not insulated.

Fig. 20A — Flue Hood Location

(48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and

48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048 Units)

FLUE HOOD

WIND BAFFLE

TOP VIEW SIDE VIEW

Fig. 20B — Flue Hood Location

(48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and

48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 Units)

GAS SECTION ACCESS PANEL

Fig. 22 — Condensate Drain Trap Piping Details

(Typical Roof Curb or Slab Mount Shown)

Step 7 — Install Gas Piping — Unit is equipped for

use with natural gas. Installation must conform with local building codes or, in the absence of local codes, with the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1.

Install manual gas shutoff valve with a tap for test gage connection at unit. Field gas piping must include sediment trap and union. See Fig. 23. An also located on the gas manifold adjacent to the gas valve.

Do not pressure test gas supply while connected to unit. Always disconnect union before servicing.

/8-in. NPT pressure

/8-in. NPT is

IMPORTANT: Natural gas pressure at unit gas connection must not be less than 5 in. wg or greater than 13.5 in. wg.

Size gas-supply piping for 0.5-in. wg maximum pressure

drop. Do not use supply pipe smaller than unit gas connection.

Fig. 23 — Field Gas Piping

Table 4 — 48A,E Series Staged Gas Implementation

OPTIONAL STAGED GAS UNITS — The staging pattern is selected based on Heat Stage Type (HTSTGTYP). Max Capacity per changes default value is selected based on Capacity Maximum Stage (CAPMXSTG). See Table 4.

For complete information and service instructions for Staged Gas Control Units, see Control Operation and Troubleshooting literature.

Step 8 — Controls Options — The control options

that the units can provide are based on the following parameters: CV (constant volume) or VAV (variable air volume) operation; stand-alone unit with field-supplied sensors installed (CV or VAV); as a system via Carrier Comfort System (TEMP or VVT® [Variable Volume and Temperature]); optional electronic expansion board installed (CV or VAV); linked to the Carrier Comfort Network; availability of a computer and software (ComfortWORKS® Building Supervisor, and Service Tool) or remote enhanced display accessory installed to access the base control board; and optional factory-installed staged gas control. See Table 5.

NOTE: Access to the base control board allows unit occupancy schedules, unit timeclock, and various set points to be changed from their factory-defined default settings.

NUMBER OF STAGES

5 stages

7 stages

9 stages

11 stages

MODEL NUMBER POSITION POSITION

3 5 6,7,8 HTSTGTYP CAPMXSTG

024 028

A T 060 Default=3 Default=15 High

A S 060 Default=4 Default=15 Low

030 034 038 044 048

020 025 027 030 035 040 050

038 044 048

035 040 050

024 028 030 034

020 025 027 030

054 058 064 068

Default=1 Default=20 Low

Default=1 Default=20 High

Default=2 Default=15 High

Default=3 Default=15 High

Default=4 Default=15 Low

HEAT SIZE

Table 5 — Controls Options and Configurations (Non-Thermostat Applications)

UNIT CONFIGURATION DEFAULT COOLING DEFAULT HEATING

CV or VAV Unit with SPT Sensor

CV Unit with SPT Sensor and Remote Start/Stop Switch

VAV Unit Remote Start/Stop Switch Only

VAV Unit with SPT Sensor and Remote Start/Stop Switch

LEGEND

CV — Constant Volume NA — Not Available RAT — Return-Air Temperature SAT — Supply-Air Temperature SPT Space Temperature VAV — Variable Air Volume

*With DIP Switch No. 5 configured to OPEN (Occupied Heat Enabled). NOTE: Space temperature sensor and remote start/stop switch are field-supplied.

Unoccupied Cooling — 90 F (32 C) (SPT) Occupied Cooling — NA

Unoccupied Cooling — 90 F (32 C) (SPT) Occupied Cooling — 78 F (26 C) (SPT)

Unoccupied Cooling — 90 F (32 C)(SPT) Occupied Cooling — 55 F (13 C) SPT)

Unoccupied Cooling — 90 F (32 C) (SPT) Occupied Cooling — 55 F (13 C) (SAT)

Unoccupied Heating — 55 F (13 C) (SPT) Occupied Heating — NA

Unoccupied Heating — 55 F (13 C) (SPT) Occupied Heating — 68 F (20 C) (SPT)

Unoccupied Heating — 55 F (13 C) (RAT) Occupied Heating — 68 F (20 C) (RAT)*

Unoccupied Heating — 55 F (13C) (SPT) Occupied Heating — 68 F (20 C) (RAT)*

STAGED GAS UNIT APPLICATIONS — The rooftop units may be ordered with an optional factory-installed staged gas control system that monitors heating operation of the rooftop unit.

IMPORTANT: An accessory field-supplied Navigator display module is required for all staged gas control units.

Install Supply-Air Thermistors (Staged Gas Units Only)

— Supply-air thermistors are a field-installed factory-provided component. Three supply-air thermistors are shipped with staged gas units and are inside the heating section. Thermistor wires must be connected to SGC (staged gas controller) in the heating section. See Table 6 and Fig 24. The supply-air thermistors should be located in the supply duct with the following criteria:

• downstream of the heat exchanger cells

• equally spaced as far as possible from the heat exchanger

cells

• a duct location where none of the supply air thermistors

are within sight of the heat exchanger cells

• a duct location with good mixed supply air portion of the

unit.

Table 6 — Thermistor Designations

THERMISTORS — All units are equipped with a supply air thermistor (SAT) located in the supply fan discharge and an outdoor air thermistor (OAT) located in the outdoor air hood. Variable air volume (VAV) units are supplied with a return air thermistor (RAT) located on the return air damper support.

CONSTANT VOLUME APPLICATIONS — The units, as shipped, are operable as stand-alone units, using either a standard (mechanical or electronic) 2-stage heat, 2-stage cool thermostat, or with an electronic room sensor and a timeclock to establish unit start and stop times.

With a standard thermostat (programmable is optional),

heating and cooling operation is set by space temperature.

With a space sensor and timeclock, the machine will operate at default values unless they are changed using appropriate input devices. The space sensor senses space temperature and may be equipped with a timed override feature, which allows unit operation during unoccupied periods.

The space sensors may be used in multiples of 4 or 9 to achieve space temperature averaging. The use of a space sensor also allows the unit to be turned on and off from a remote signal.

THERMISTOR

SAT 1 J8 – 1,2 (SGC)

SAT 3 J8 – 5,6 (SGC)

CONNECTION

POINT

FUNCTION AND LOCATION

Thermistors

Supply Air Thermistor (SAT) — Inserted into supply section underneath the gas heat section (factory-provided, field-installed)

PART NO.

HH79NZ016SAT 2 J8 – 3,4 (SGC)

Fig. 24 — Supply-Air Thermistor Connections

Features with Thermostat Control of Unit

• two-stage heating

• two-stage cooling

• control of unit using Y1, Y2, W1, W2, and G thermostat inputs

• control of the indoor fan

• outdoor-air temperature/supply-air temperature monitoring

• control of an outdoor air condenser fan based on outdoor-air temperature

• control of modulating economizer damper to provide free cooling when outdoor conditions are suitable, using supply-air temperature as a control point

• control of the economizer damper and indoor fan to obtain unoccupied free cooling

• provide power exhaust output to an external power exhaust controller

• support a field test for field checkout

• control of 2 stages of CV power exhaust

• compressor Time Guard® (power up, minimum off and on times)

• compressor lockout during low supply-air temperature Additional features are provided by accessing the standard

unit control board via software with a computer. These features are:

• electronic expansion board features (if installed)

• control board diagnostics

• ability to change supply air set point (economizer control)

• ability to change high outdoor temperature lockout set point (economizer control)

• ability to change power exhaust set points

NOTE: A CV unit without a thermostat requires a fieldsupplied sensor for operation.

Features with Sensor Control of Unit (Stand-Alone Applications — Unit control is limited to CV unoccupied default set points, 90 F for cooling, 55 F for heating unless a computer has been used to change the set points. There are 2 sensor options available:

• T-55 sensor will monitor room temperature and provide unoccupied override capability (1 hour)

• T-56 sensor will monitor room temperature, provide unoccupied override capability (1 hour), and provide a temperature offset of 5° F.

Standard features are:

• support of remote occupied/unoccupied input to start and stop the unit

• cooling capacity control of 3 stages using economizer and 2 compressors to maintain space temperature to an occupied or unoccupied set point

• enable heating or cooling during unoccupied periods as required to maintain space temperature within the unoccupied set points

• adjustment of space temperature set points of ±5° F when using a T-56 sensor

• provides CCN (Carrier Comfort Network) IAQ (IndoorAir Quality) participation

• control of modulating economizer damper to maintain indoor air quality (IAQ) when outdoor conditions are suitable (this function is provided in the base unit controls on units with serial number 0600F or later)

NOTE: The IAQ sensor must be set for current output (4 to 20 mA), not voltage output. Ensure the jumper on the sensor is in the upper position. See Fig. 25.

Additional features with sensor control of unit (with com-

puter access or Remote Enhanced Display) are:

• 365-day timeclock with backup (supports minute, hour, day of week, date, month, and year)

• daylight savings time function

• occupancy control with 8 periods for unit operation

• holiday table containing up to 18 holiday schedules

• ability to initiate timed override from T-55 or T-56 sensors for a timed period of 1 to 4 hours

• ability to use multiple space temperature sensors to average the space temperature

• supply-air temperature reset for the supply-air temperature set point

• temperature compensated start to calculate early start times before occupancy

• access to the Display, Maintenance, Configuration, Service, and Set Point data tables through network software

• loadshed and demand limiting When the unit is equipped with a field-supplied space tem-

perature sensor and a remote contact closure (remote start/ stop) on the base control board, the occupied default set points will monitor unit operation. The occupied default set points are 78 F cooling and 68 F heating (if heating is present). See Fig. 26 for remote start/stop wiring.

NOTE: For units with a field-supplied space temperature sensor which have not had the base unit control board accessed via software to set an occupancy schedule, the remote start/ stop closure will allow the unit to operate in the pre-configured occupied default set points of 78 F cooling and 68 F heating. Without this feature, the unit will control to the unoccupied default set points of 90 F cooling and 55 F heating.

JUMPER CONNECTION FOR VOLTAGE OUTPUT

JUMPER CONNECTION FOR CURRENT OUTPUT

Fig. 25 — Indoor Air Quality Sensor Configuration

REMOTE START/STOP SWITCH (FIELD-SUPPLIED)

CONTROL BOX

LEGEND

Field Supplied Wiring

Fig. 26 — Field Control Remote Start/Stop

An electronic expansion board may be field-installed to pro-

vide the following features:

• provide discrete inputs for fan status, filter status, fieldapplied status, and demand limit

• provide an output for the external alarm light indicator

• provide power exhaust fire outputs for direct control of modulated power exhaust stages during fire or smoke modes

• control of smoke control modes including evacuation, smoke purge, pressurization, and fire shutdown (modulating power exhaust required)

When the unit is connected to the CCN (Carrier Comfort

Network), the following expansion board features can be utilized:

• perform Demand Limit functions based on CCN loadshed commands or the state of the discrete input

• alarm monitoring of all key parameters

• CCN protocol

See Carrier TEMP or VVT® (Variable Volume and Temperature) literature for complete TEMP (single zone) or VVT (multi-zone) application information.

Features with Sensor Control of Unit (Network Applications) — The base control board provides, as standard, a connection for use with a Carrier VVT system and can also be integrated into a Carrier Comfort Network.

When the unit is accessed via a PC equipped with ComfortWORKS®, Building Supervisor, Service Tool software, or accessory Remote Enhanced Display, the following features can be accessed:

• on-board timeclock can be programmed

• occupancy schedules can be programmed

• unit set points can be changed

• alarms can be monitored

This access is available on the base control board via a RJ-11 phone jack or a 3-wire connection to the communication bus. See Fig. 27. The timeclock has a 10-hour minimum backup time to provide for unit power off for servicing unit or during unexpected power outages. For complete Carrier Comfort System (CCS) or Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) features and benefits, refer to the product literature.

VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) APPLICATIONS Features with Stand-Alone Applications

— The units, as shipped, are operable as stand-alone units with the addition of a timeclock to establish unit start and stop times.

Heating and cooling in both on and off modes is controlled to default values by the base unit control. Set points may be changed with appropriate input devices.

The control has an on-board occupancy schedule which can be set using an input device and eliminates the need for an external timeclock.

During both the on and off periods, cooling operation is controlled to the supply air setting and heating is controlled to the return air setting (or to the optional space temperature sensor). During the on period, the supply fan runs continuously. During the off period, the supply fan will be activated if the return air sensor is outside of the set points and will run long enough to accurately sample the space temperature. The supply fan will then continue to run until any heating or cooling load is satisfied, at which point it will turn off.

The use of a space sensor will allow for supply air reset to conserve energy and maintain comfort. If equipped with an override feature, the sensor will allow operation during the off period for a fixed length of time.

Base unit control supports a Heat Interlock Relay (field supplied) to fully open the VAV terminal devices during heating operation.

Standard features of a VAV unit with a remote start/stop switch are:

• control board diagnostics

• control of an outdoor condenser fan based upon outdoor

air temperature

• control of modulating economizer to provide free cool-

ing when outdoor conditions are suitable, using supply-

air temperature as a set point

• support of remote occupied/unoccupied input to start or

stop the unit

• provide power exhaust output to an external power

exhaust controller

• support supply-air temperature reset to offset supply air

set point

• support a field test for field check out

• support linkage to DAV (digital air volume) systems

• cooling capacity control of up to 6 stages plus econo-

mizer with compressors and unloaders to maintain sup-

ply air temperature set point during occupied periods

• control of one stage of heat to maintain return-air temperature at heating set point during occupied periods

• provide a variable frequency drive high voltage relay output to enable VFD

• control of heat interlock relay

• IAQ (Indoor Air Quality) sensor

• OAQ (Outdoor Air Quality) sensor

• DX compressor lockout occurs at 45 F outdoor air temperature and is factory-enabled on units with serial number 0600F or later. This feature may be disabled through the use of a computer

• compressor Time Guard® override (power up, minimum off and on times)

With the addition of a remote start/stop switch heating or

cooling is enabled during unoccupied periods as required to maintain space temperature to within unoccupied set points.

Occupied heating is enabled or disabled by the position of

DIP (dual in-line package) switch no. 5.

Additional features may be provided with Electronic Ac-

cess to Unit Control Board. These features are:

• additional control board diagnostics

• electronic expansion board features (if installed)

• control of the economizer damper and indoor fan to obtain unoccupied free cooling

• 365-day timeclock with backup (supports minute, hour, day, month, and year)

• holiday table containing up to 18 holiday schedules

• occupancy control with 8 periods for unit operation

• support a set of display, maintenance, configuration, service, and set point data tables for interface with Building Supervisor, ComfortWORKS®, or Service Tool software or accessory remote enhanced display

• CCN IAQ/OAQ (outdoor air quality) participation When a VAV unit with a space temperature sensor is access-

ed via a computer, the following additional features are available:

• ability to initiate timed override from T-55 sensors

• temperature compensated start to calculate early start time before occupancy

• provide space temperature reset to reset the supply air set point upward when the temperature falls below the occupied cooling set point

An electronic expansion board may be field-installed to pro-

vide the following features:

• fan status

• filter status

• field-applied status

• demand limiting

• alarm light

• fire unit shutdown

• fire pressurization

• fire evacuation

• fire smoke purge When the unit is connected to the CCN (Carrier Comfort

Network), the following features can be utilized:

• CCN demand limit participation

• modulated power exhaust override

• ability to use multiple space temperature sensors (multiples of 4 and 9 only) to average space temperature (CV and VAV only)

A field-supplied T-55 space temperature sensor can be add-

ed to monitor room temperature and provide unoccupied override capability (1 hour).

When the unit is equipped with a field-supplied space

temperature sensor and a remote contact closure (remote start/stop) the occupied default set points will monitor unit

operation. The occupied default set points are 55 F (supply-air temperature) cooling and 68 F (return-air temperature) heating. See Fig. 26 for remote start/stop wiring.

NOTE: For units without a space temperature sensor and which have not had the base unit control board accessed via software to set an occupancy schedule, the remote start/stop closure will allow the unit to operate in the pre-configured occupied default set points of 55 F (supply-air temperature) cooling and 68 F (return-air temperature) heating. Without an occupancy schedule, the unit will control to the unoccupied default set points of 90 F (return-air temperature) cooling and 55 F (return-air temperature) heating.

Features with Network Applications

— The base control board provides, as standard, a connection for use with a Carrier Comfort System and can also be integrated into a Carrier Comfort Network (CCN). When the unit is accessed via a PC equipped with ComfortWORKS, Building Supervisor, or Service Tool software or Remote Enhanced Display accessory, the following features can be accessed:

• on-board timeclock can be programmed

• occupancy schedules can be programmed

• unit set points can be changed

• alarms can be monitored

This access is available on the base control board via a RJ-11 phone jack or a 3-wire connection to the communication bus. See Fig. 27. The internal timeclock has a 10-hour minimum back-up time to provide for unit power off for servicing unit or during unexpected power outages. For complete Carrier Comfort System (CCS) or Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) features and benefits, refer to the product literature.

Step 9 — Make Electrical Connections

POWER WIRING — Units are factory wired for the voltage shown on the unit nameplate.

When installing units, provide a disconnect per NEC (National Electrical Code) of adequate size (MOCP [maximum overcurrent protection] of unit is on the informative plate). All field wiring must comply with NEC and all local codes and requirements. Size wire based on MCA (minimum circuit amps) on the unit informative plate. See Fig. 28 for power wiring connections to the unit power terminal block and equipment ground.

The main power terminal block is suitable for use with aluminum or copper wire. See Fig. 28. Units have circuit breakers for compressors, fan motors, and control circuit. If required by local codes, provide an additional disconnect switch. Whenever external electrical sources are used, unit must be electrically grounded in accordance with local codes, or in absence of local codes, with NEC, ANSI (American National Standards Institute) C1-latest year.

FIELD POWER SUPPLY — Unit is factory wired for voltage shown on unit nameplate. See Table 7 and 8 for electrical data.

Field wiring can be brought into the unit from bottom (through basepan and roof curb) or through side of unit (corner post next to control box).

A 3

/2-in. NPT coupling for field power wiring and a 3/4-in. NPT coupling for 24-v control wiring are provided in basepan. In the side post, there are two 2 48E024-034) or 3-in. (48A035-060 and 48E038-068) knockouts for the field power wiring. See Fig. 5-16. If control wiring is to be brought in through the side of unit, a hole is provided in the condenser side post next to the control box.

If disconnect box is mounted to corner post, be careful not

to drill any screws into the condenser coil.

/2-in. (48A020-030 and

/8-in. diameter

CCN — Carrier Comfort Network N.O. — Normally Open

COM — Common R—Relay

D—Diode SIO — Serial Input/Output

LEGEND

Fig. 27 — Control Board Diagram

DIP — Dual In-Line Package SW — Switch

LED — Light-Emitting Diode T—Terminal

N.C. — Normally Closed

*Where X is the unit control software version number.

Table 7 — Electrical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units

UNIT SIZE

48AJ,AK,

AW,AY

020

025

LEGEND

FLA — Full Load Amps HACR — Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration IFM — Indoor (Evaporator) Fan Motor LRA — Locked Rotor Amps MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps MOCP— Maximum Overcurrent Protection NEC — National Electrical Code OFM — Outdoor (Condenser) Fan Motor RLA — Rated Load Amps

*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.

NOTES:

1. In compliance with NEC requirements for multimotor and combination load equipment (refer to NEC Articles 430 and 440), the overcurrent protective device for the unit shall be fuse or HACR breaker. The Canadian units may be fuse or circuit breaker.

2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage

Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply voltage is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine

the percent of voltage imbalance. % Voltage imbalance

= 100 x

NOMINAL

VOLTAGE

(3 PH, 60 Hz)

208/230 187 253 39.1 228 25.6 160 2

460 414 508 19.9 114 11.5 80 2

575 518 632 16 91 9.6 64 2

208/230 187 253 39.1 228 39.1 256 2

460 414 508 19.9 114 19.9 114 2

575 518 632 16 91 16 91 2

max voltage deviation from average voltage

VOLTAGE RANGE

Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty FLA Hp FLA

average voltage

COMPRESSOR

No. 1 No. 2

OFM IFM

5 16.7/15.2

5.3 10 30.8/28.0

(ea)

15 46.2/42.0

57.6

2.7 10 14

(ea)

15 21

56.1

2.4 10 11

(ea)

15 17

7.5 24.2/22.0

5.3 10 30.8/28.0

(ea)

15 46.2/42.0

7.5 11

2.7 10 14

(ea)

15 21

7.5 9

2.4 10 11

(ea)

15 17

Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.

AB = 452 v BC = 464 v AC = 455 v

Average Voltage =

Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.

(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v (BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v

(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v Maximum deviation is 7 v. Determine percent of voltage imbalance.

% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x

This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the maximum allowable 2%.

IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company immediately.

= 1.53%

POWER

EXHAUST

FLA

(total)

— 101.8/100.3 125/125

23.6/23.6 125.4/123.9 150/150 — 115.9/113.1 150/150

23.6/23.6 139.5/136.7 175/175 — 133.1/127.8 175/150

23.6/23.6 156.7/151.4 200/175 —49.460

12.6 62.0 80 —55.870

12.6 68.4 80 —63.180

12.6 75.7 90 —40.550

12.6 53.1 60 —45.460

12.6 58.0 70 —51.760

12.6 64.3 80 — 122.8/120.6 150/150

23.6/23.6 146.4/144.2 175/175 — 129.4/126.6 150/150

23.6/23.6 153.0/150.2 175/175 — 146.6/141.3 175/175

23.6/23.6 170.2/164.9 200/200 —61.280

12.6 73.8 90 —64.280

12.6 76.8 90 —71.590

12.6 84.1 100 —49.860

12.6 62.4 70 —51.860

12.6 64.4 80 —58.170

12.6 70.7 80

452 + 464 + 455

1371

= 457

7 457

POWER

SUPPLY

MCA MOCP*

Table 7 — Electrical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units (cont)

UNIT SIZE

48AJ,AK,

AW,AY

027

030

LEGEND

*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.

NOTES:

2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage

Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply voltage is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine

the percent of voltage imbalance. % Voltage imbalance

= 100 x

NOMINAL

VOLTAGE

(3 PH, 60 Hz)

208/230 187 253 39.1 256 39.1 256 2

460 414 508 19.9 114 19.9 114 2

575 518 632 16 91 16 91 2

208/230 187 253 57.1 266 39.1 228 2

460 414 508 25.6 120 19.9 114 2

575 518 632 20.5 96 16 91 2

max voltage deviation from average voltage

VOLTAGE RANGE

Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty FLA Hp FLA

average voltage

COMPRESSOR

No. 1 No. 2

OFM IFM

10 30.8/28.0

5.3 15 46.2/42.0

(ea)

20 59.4/54.0

10 14

2.7 15 21

(ea)

20 27

10 11

2.4 15 17

(ea)

20 22

10 30.8/28.0

5.3 15 46.2/42.0

(ea)

20 59.4/54.0

10 14

2.7 15 21

(ea)

20 27

10 11

2.4 15 17

(ea)

20 22

Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.

AB = 452 v BC = 464 v AC = 455 v

Average Voltage =

Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.

(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v (BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v

(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v Maximum deviation is 7 v. Determine percent of voltage imbalance.

% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x

This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the maximum allowable 2%.

IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company immediately.

POWER

EXHAUST

FLA

(total)

— 129.4/126.6 150/150

23.6/23.6 153.0/150.2 175/175 — 146.6/141.3 175/175

23.6/23.6 170.2/164.9 200/200 — 163.1/156.3 200/200

23.6/23.6 186.7/179.9 225/225 — 64.2 80

12.6 76.8 90 — 71.5 90

12.6 84.1 100 — 79.0 100

12.6 91.6 110 — 51.8 60

12.6 64.4 80 — 58.1 70

12.6 70.7 80 — 64.3 80

12.6 76.9 90 — 151.9/149.1 200/200

23.6/23.6 175.5/172.7 225/225 — 167.3/163.1 200/200

23.6/23.6 190.9/186.7 225/225 — 181.1/175.1 225/225

23.6/23.6 204.7/198.7 250/250 — 71.3 90

12.6 83.9 100 — 78.3 100

12.6 90.9 110 — 84.7 110

12.6 97.3 110 — 57.4 70

12.6 70.0 90 — 63.4 80

12.6 76.0 90 — 68.8 90

12.6 81.4 100

452 + 464 + 455

1371

= 457

= 1.53%

457

POWER SUPPLY

MCA MOCP*

Table 7 — Electrical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units (cont)

UNIT SIZE

48AJ,AK,

AW,AY

035

040

LEGEND

*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.

NOTES:

2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage

Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply voltage is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine

the percent of voltage imbalance. % Voltage imbalance

= 100 x

NOMINAL

VOLTAGE

(3 PH, 60 Hz)

208/230 187 253 57.1 266 57.1 266 4

460 414 508 25.6 120 25.6 120 4

575 518 632 20.5 96 20.5 96 4

208/230 187 253 57.1 266 69.2 345 4

460 414 508 25.6 120 28.8 173 4

575 518 632 20.5 96 26.7 120 4

max voltage deviation from average voltage

VOLTAGE RANGE

Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty FLA Hp FLA

average voltage

COMPRESSOR

No. 1 No. 2

OFM IFM

10 30.8/28.0

5.3 15 46.2/42.0

(ea)

20 59.4/54.0

10 14

2.7 15 21

(ea)

20 27

10 11

2.4 15 17

(ea)

20 22

15 46.2/42.0

5.3 20 59.4/54.0

(ea)

25 74.8/68.0

15 21

2.7 20 27

(ea)

25 34

15 17

2.4 20 22

(ea)

25 27

Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.

AB = 452 v BC = 464 v AC = 455 v

Average Voltage =

Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.

(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v (BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v

(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v Maximum deviation is 7 v. Determine percent of voltage imbalance.

% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x

This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the maximum allowable 2%.

IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company immediately.

= 1.53%

POWER

EXHAUST

FLA

(total)

— 180.5/177.7 225/225

23.6/23.6 204.1/201.3 250/250 — 195.9/191.7 250/225

23.6/23.6 219.5/215.3 250/250 — 209.7/203.7 250/250

23.6/23.6 233.3/227.3 250/250 — 82.4 100

12.6 95.0 110 — 89.4 110

12.6 102.0 125 — 95.8 110

12.6 108.4 125 — 66.7 80

12.6 79.3 90 — 72.7 90

12.6 85.3 100 — 78.1 100

12.6 90.7 110 — 211.0/206.8 250/250

23.6/23.6 234.6/230.4 300/250 — 224.2/218.8 250/250

23.6/23.6 247.8/242.4 300/300 — 241.0/232.8 300/300

23.6/23.6 264.6/256.4 300/300 — 93.4 110

12.6 106.0 125 — 99.4 125

12.6 112.0 125 — 107.7 125

12.6 120.3 150 — 80.5 100

12.6 93.1 110 — 85.5 110

12.6 98.1 110 — 90.6 110

12.6 103.2 125

452 + 464 + 455

1371

= 457

7 457

POWER SUPPLY

MCA MOCP*

Table 7 — Electrical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units (cont)

UNIT SIZE

48AJ,AK,

AW,AY

050

060

LEGEND

*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.

NOTES:

2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage

Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply voltage is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine

the percent of voltage imbalance. % Voltage imbalance

= 100 x

NOMINAL VOLTAGE

(3 PH, 60 Hz)

208/230 187 253 69.2 345 69.2 345 4

460 414 508 28.8 173 28.8 173 4

575 518 632 26.7 120 26.7 120 4

208/230 187 253 82.1 446 82.1 446 6

460 414 508 43.6 223 43.6 223 6

575 518 632 34.6 164 34.6 164 6

max voltage deviation from average voltage

VOLTAGE RANGE

Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty FLA Hp FLA

average voltage

COMPRESSOR

No. 1 No. 2

OFM IFM

20 59.4/54.0

5.3 25 74.8/68.0

(ea)

30 88/80.0

20 27

2.7 25 34

(ea)

30 40

20 22

2.4 25 27

(ea)

30 32

25 74.8/68.0

5.3 30 88/80.0

(ea)

40 114/104

25 34

2.7 30 40

(ea)

40 52

25 27

2.4 30 32

(ea)

40 41

Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.

AB = 452 v BC = 464 v AC = 455 v

Average Voltage =

Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.

(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v (BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v

(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v Maximum deviation is 7 v. Determine percent of voltage imbalance.

% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x

This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the maximum allowable 2%.

IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company immediately.

= 1.53%

POWER

EXHAUST

FLA

(total)

— 236.3/230.9 300/300

23.6/23.6 259.9/254.5 300/300 — 253.1/244.9 300/300

23.6/23.6 276.7/268.5 350/300 — 269.6/259.6 350/300

23.6/23.6 293.2/283.2 350/350 — 102.6 125

12.6 115.2 125 — 110.9 125

12.6 123.5 150 — 118.4 150

12.6 131.0 150 — 91.7 110

12.6 104.3 125 — 96.8 110

12.6 109.4 125 — 103.0 125

12.6 115.6 125 — 291.3/284.5 350/350

35.4/35.4 326.7/319.9 400/400 — 306.0/296.5 350/350

35.4/35.4 341.4/331.9 400/400 — 338.5/326.0 450/400

35.4/35.4 373.9/361.4 450/450 — 148.3 175

18.9 167.2 200 — 154.3 175

18.9 173.2 200 — 168.4 200

18.9 187.3 225 — 119.3 150

18.9 138.2 150 — 124.3 150

18.9 143.2 175 — 134.9 175

18.9 153.8 175

452 + 464 + 455

1371

= 457

7 457

POWER SUPPLY

MCA MOCP*

Table 8 — Electrical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units

UNIT

SIZE

48EJ,EK,

EW,EY

024

028

030

See Legend and Notes on page 42.

NOMNAL VOLTAGE

(3 Ph,

60 Hz)

208/230 187 254 39.1 228 25.6 160 2 1 5.3

460 414 508 19.9 114 11.5 80 2 1 2.7

575 518 632 16.0 91 9.6 64 2 1 2.4

208/230 187 254 39.1 228 39.1 228 2 1 5.3

460 414 508 19.9 114 19.9 114 2 1 2.7

575 518 632 16.0 91 16.0 91 2 1 2.4

208/230 187 254 57.1 266 39.1 228 2 1 5.3

460 414 508 25.6 120 19.9 114 2 1 2.7

575 518 632 20.5 96 16.0 91 2 1 2.4

VOLTAGE

RANGE

Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty Hp

COMPRESSOR

No. 1 No. 2

OFM IFM

FLA

Hp FLA FLA LRA FLA MCA MOCP*

(ea)

57.6

10 14.0

15 21.0

56.1

10 11.0

15 17.0

7.5

7.5 11.0

10 14.0

15 21.0

7.5 9.0

10 11.0

15 17.0

10 14.0

15 21.0

20 27.0

10 11.0

15 17.0

20 22.0

POWER

EXHAUST

— — 0.96 101.8/100.3 125/125

16.7/

15.2

23.6 41.6 0.96 125.4/123.9 150/150 — — 0.96 115.9/113.1 150/150

30.8/

28.0

23.6 41.6 0.96 139.5/136.7 175/175 — — 0.96 131.3/127.1 150/150

46.2/

42.0

23.6 41.6 0.96 154.9/150.7 175/175 — — 0.5 49.4 60

12.6 23.6 0.5 62.0 80 — — 0.5 55.8 70

12.6 23.6 0.5 68.4 80 — — 0.5 62.8 80

12.6 23.6 0.5 75.4 90 — — 0.5 40.5 50

12.6 23.6 0.5 53.1 60 — — 0.5 45.4 60

12.6 23.6 0.5 58.0 70 — — 0.5 51.4 60

12.6 23.6 0.5 64.0 80 — — 0.96 122.8/120.6 150/150

24.2/

22.0

23.6 41.6 0.96 146.4/144.2 175/175 — — 0.96 129.4/126.6 150/150

30.8/

28.0

23.6 41.6 0.96 153.0/150.2 175/175 — — 0.96 144.8/140.6 175/175

46.2/

42.0

23.6 41.6 0.96 168.4/164.2 200/200 — — 0.5 61.2 80

12.6 23.6 0.5 73.8 90 — — 0.5 64.2 80

12.6 23.6 0.5 76.8 90 — — 0.5 71.2 90

12.6 23.6 0.5 83.8 100 — — 0.5 49.8 60

12.6 23.6 0.5 62.4 70 — — 0.5 51.8 60

12.6 23.6 0.5 64.4 80 — — 0.5 57.8 70

12.6 23.6 0.5 70.4 80 — — 0.96 151.9/149.1 200/200

30.8/

28.0

23.6 41.6 0.96 175.5/172.7 225/225 — — 0.96 167.3/163.1 225/225

46.2/

42.0

23.6 41.6 0.96 190.9/186.7 225/225 — — 0.96 180.5/175.1 225/225

59.4/

54.0

23.6 41.6 0.96 204.1/198.7 250/250 — — 0.5 71.3 90

12.6 23.6 0.5 83.9 100 — — 0.5 78.3 100

12.6 23.6 0.5 90.9 110 — — 0.5 84.3 100

12.6 23.6 0.5 96.9 110 — — 0.5 57.4 70

12.6 23.6 0.5 70.0 90 — — 0.5 63.4 80

12.6 23.6 0.5 76.0 90 — — 0.5 68.4 80

12.6 23.6 0.5 81.0 100

COMBUSTION

FAN MOTOR

POWER SUPPLY

Table 8 — Electrical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)

UNIT

SIZE

48EJ,EK,

EW,EY

034

038

044

See Legend and Notes on page 42.

NOMNAL

VOLTAGE

(3 Ph,

60 Hz)

208/230 187 254 57.1 266 57.1 266 2 1 5.3

460 414 508 25.6 120 25.6 120 2 1 2.7

575 518 632 20.5 96 20.5 96 2 1 2.4

208/230 187 254 57.1 266 57.1 266 4 1 5.3

460 414 508 25.6 120 25.6 120 4 1 2.7

575 518 632 20.5 96 20.5 96 4 1 2.4

208/230 187 254 69.2 345 69.2 345 4 1 5.3

460 414 508 28.8 173 28.8 173 4 1 2.7

575 518 632 26.7 120 26.7 120 4 1 2.4

VOLTAGE

RANGE

Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty Hp

COMPRESSOR

No. 1 No. 2

OFM IFM

FLA

Hp FLA FLA LRA FLA MCA MOCP*

(ea)

10 14.0

15 21.0

20 27.0

10 11.0

15 17.0

20 22.0

10 14.0

15 21.0

20 27.0

10 11.0

15 17.0

20 22.0

15 21.0

20 27.0

25 34.0

15 17.0

20 22.0

25 27.0

POWER

EXHAUST

— — 0.96 169.9/167.1 225/200

30.8/

28.0

23.6 41.6 0.96 193.5/190.7 250/225 — — 0.96 185.3/181.1 200/200

46.2/

42.0

23.6 41.6 0.96 208.9/204.7 250/250 — — 0.96 198.5/193.1 250/250

59.4/

54.0

23.6 41.6 0.96 222.1/216.7 275/250 — — 0.5 77.0 100

12.6 23.6 0.5 89.6 110 — — 0.5 84.0 100

12.6 23.6 0.5 96.6 110 — — 0.5 90.0 110

12.6 23.6 0.5 102.6 125 — — 0.5 61.9 80

12.6 23.6 0.5 74.5 90 — — 0.5 67.9 80

12.6 23.6 0.5 80.5 100 — — 0.5 72.9 90

12.6 23.6 0.5 85.5 100 — — 0.96 180.5/177.7 225/225

30.8/

28.0

23.6 41.6 0.96 204.1/201.3 250/250 — — 0.96 195.9/191.7 250/225

46.2/

42.0

23.6 41.6 0.96 219.5/215.3 275/250 — — 0.96 209.1/203.7 250/250

59.4/

54.0

23.6 41.6 0.96 232.7/227.3 275/275 — — 0.5 82.4 100

12.6 23.6 0.5 95.0 110 — — 0.5 89.4 110

12.6 23.6 0.5 102.0 125 — — 0.5 95.4 110

12.6 23.6 0.5 108.0 125 — — 0.5 66.7 80

12.6 23.6 0.5 79.3 90 — — 0.5 72.7 90

12.6 23.6 0.5 85.3 100 — — 0.5 77.7 90

12.6 23.6 0.5 90.3 110 — — 0.96 223.1/218.9 275/275

46.2/

42.0

23.6 41.6 0.96 246.7/242.5 300/300 — — 0.96 236.3/230.9 300/300

59.4/

54.0

23.6 41.6 0.96 259.9/254.5 300/300 — — 0.96 251.7/244.9 300/300

74.8/

68.0

23.6 41.6 0.96 275.3/268.5 300/300 — — 0.5 96.6 125

12.6 23.6 0.5 109.2 125 — — 0.5 102.6 125

12.6 23.6 0.5 115.2 125 — — 0.5 109.6 125

12.6 23.6 0.5 122.2 150 — — 0.5 86.7 110

12.6 23.6 0.5 99.3 125 — — 0.5 91.7 110

12.6 23.6 0.5 104.3 125 — — 0.5 96.7 110

12.6 23.6 0.5 109.3 125

COMBUSTION

FAN MOTOR

POWER SUPPLY

Table 8 — Electrical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)

UNIT SIZE

48EJ,EK,

EW,EY

048

054

058

See Legend and Notes on page 42.

NOMNAL VOLTAGE

(3 Ph, 60 Hz)

208/230 187 254 82.1 446 69.2 345 4 1 5.3

208/230 187 254 106.4 506 69.2 345 6 1 5.3

VOLTAGE

RANGE

Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty Hp

460 414 508 42.3 223 28.8 173 4 1 2.7

575 518 632 34.6 164 26.7 120 4 1 2.4

460 414 508 43.6 223 30.8 173 4 1 2.7

575 518 632 34.6 164 26.9 120 4 1 2.4

460 414 508 52.6 253 30.8 173 6 1 2.7

575 518 632 40.4 176 26.9 120 6 1 2.4

COMPRESSOR

No. 1 No. 2

OFM IFM

FLA

Hp FLA FLA LRA FLA MCA MOCP*

(ea)

20 27.0

25 34.0

30 40.0

20 22.0

25 27.0

30 32.0

15 21.0

20 27.0

25 34.0

15 17.0

20 22.0

25 27.0

20 27.0

25 34.0

30 40.0

20 22

25 27

30 32

59.4/

54.0

74.8/

68.0

88.0/

80.0

46.2/

42.0

59.4/

54.0

74.8/

68.0

59.4/

54.0

74.6/

68.0

88.0/

80.0

POWER

EXHAUST

— — 0.96 252.4/247.0 300/300

23.6 41.6 0.96 276.0/270.6 300/300 — — 0.96 267.8/261.0 300/300

23.6 41.6 0.96 291.4/284.6 300/300 — — 0.96 281.0/273.0 300/300

23.6 41.6 0.96 304.6/296.6 350/300 — — 0.5 119.5 150

12.6 23.6 0.5 132.1 150 — — 0.5 126.5 150

12.6 23.6 0.5 139.1 175 — — 0.5 132.5 150

12.6 23.6 0.5 145.1 175 — — 0.5 101.6 125

12.6 23.6 0.5 114.2 125 — — 0.5 106.6 125

12.6 23.6 0.5 119.2 150 — — 0.5 111.6 125

12.6 23.6 0.5 124.2 150 — — 1.44 239.2/235.0 300/300

35.4 62.4 1.44 274.6/270.4 350/350 — — 1.44 252.4/247.0 300/300

35.4 62.4 1.44 287.8/282.4 350/350 — — 1.44 267.8/261.0 300/300

35.4 62.4 1.44 303.2/296.4 350/350 — — 0.75 117.1 150

18.9 35.4 0.75 136.0 175 — — 0.75 123.1 150

18.9 35.4 0.75 142.0 175 — — 0.75 130.1 150

18.9 35.4 0.75 149.0 175 — — 0.75 96.8 125

18.9 35.4 0.75 115.7 150 — — 0.75 101.8 125

18.9 35.4 0.75 120.7 150 — — 0.75 106.8 125

18.9 35.4 0.75 125.7 150 — — 1.44 293.4/288.0 350/350

35.4 62.4 1.44 328.8/323.4 400/400 — — 1.44 308.6/302.0 400/400

35.4 62.4 1.44 344.0/337.4 450/400 — — 1.44 322.0/314.0 400/400

35.4 62.4 1.44 357.4/349.4 450/450 — — 0.75 139.7 175

18.9 35.4 0.75 158.6 200 — — 0.75 146.7 175

18.9 35.4 0.75 165.6 200 — — 0.75 152.7 200

18.9 35.4 0.75 171.6 200 — — 0.75 113.8 150

18.9 35.4 0.75 132.7 150 — — 0.75 118.8 150

18.9 35.4 0.75 137.7 175 — — 0.75 123.8 150

18.9 35.4 0.75 142.7 175

COMBUSTION

FAN MOTOR

POWER SUPPLY

Table 8 — Electrical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)

UNIT

SIZE

48EJ,EK,

EW,EY

064

068

LEGEND

*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.

NOTES:

2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage

Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply voltage is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine

the percent of voltage imbalance. % Voltage imbalance

= 100 x

NOMNAL VOLTAGE

(3 Ph,

60 Hz)

208/230 187 254 106.4 506 82.1 446 6 1 5.3

460 414 508 52.6 253 43.6 223 6 1 2.7

575 518 632 40.4 176 34.6 164 6 1 2.4

208/230 187 254 106.4 506 106.4 506 6 1 5.3

460 414 508 52.6 253 52.6 253 6 1 2.7

575 518 632 40.4 176 40.4 176 6 1 2.4

max voltage deviation from average voltage

VO LTAGE

RANGE

Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty Hp

average voltage

COMPRESSOR

No. 1 No. 2

OFM IFM

FLA

Hp FLA FLA LRA FLA MCA MOCP*

(ea)

74.6/

88.0/

114.0/

104.0

25 34.0

30 40.0

40 52.0

25 27.0

30 32.0

40 41.0

74.6/

88.0/

114.0/

104.0

25 34.0

30 40.0

40 52.0

25 27

30 32

40 41

Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.

Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.

(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v (BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v

(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v Maximum deviation is 7 v. Determine percent of voltage imbalance.

% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x

This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the maximum allowable 2%.

IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company immediately.

POWER

EXHAUST

— — 1.44 321.5/314.9 400/400

68.0

35.4 62.4 1.44 356.9/350.3 450/450 — — 1.44 334.9/326.9 400/400

80.0

35.4 62.4 1.44 370.3/362.3 450/450 — — 1.44 360.9/350.9 450/450

35.4 62.4 1.44 396.3/386.3 500/450 — — 0.75 159.5 200

18.9 35.4 0.75 178.4 225 — — 0.75 165.5 200

18.9 35.4 0.75 184.4 225 — — 0.75 177.5 225

18.9 35.4 0.75 196.4 225 — — 0.75 126.5 150

18.9 35.4 0.75 145.4 175 — — 0.75 131.5 150

18.9 35.4 0.75 150.4 175 — — 0.75 140.5 175

18.9 35.4 0.75 159.4 175 — — 1.44 345.8/339.2 450/400

68.0

35.4 62.4 1.44 381.2/374.6 450/450 — — 1.44 359.2/351.2 450/450

80.0

35.4 62.4 1.44 394.6/386.6 500/450 — — 1.44 385.2/375.2 450/450

35.4 62.4 1.44 420.6/410.6 500/500 — — 0.75 168.5 200

18.9 35.4 0.75 187.4 225 — — 0.75 174.5 225

18.9 35.4 0.75 193.4 225 — — 0.75 186.5 225

18.9 35.4 0.75 205.4 250 — — 0.75 132.3 150

18.9 35.4 0.75 151.2 175 — — 0.75 137.3 175

18.9 35.4 0.75 156.2 175 — — 0.75 146.3 175

18.9 35.4 0.75 165.2 200

COMBUSTION

FAN M OTOR

AB = 452 v BC = 464 v AC = 455 v

Average Voltage =

= 1.53%

457

POWER SUPPLY

452 + 464 + 455

1371

= 457

Routing Through Bottom of Unit through bottom of unit, use field-supplied watertight conduit to run power wiring from basepan out through bottom 3

— If wiring is brought in

/2-in. hole to the disconnect box and back into unit to the main control box.

Use strain relief going into control box through 2

/2-in. diameter hole provided. After wires are in unit control box, connect to power terminal block (see Power Wiring section on page 33).

Low-voltage wiring must be run in watertight conduit from

the basepan to control box and through

/8-in. diameter hole provided in bottom of unit control box. Field-supplied strain relief must be used going into the box. After wiring is in control box, make connections to proper terminals on terminal blocks (see Field Control Wiring section on this page).

Install conduit connector in unit basepan as shown in Fig. 5-16. Route power and ground lines through connector to terminal connections in unit control box as shown on unit wiring diagram and Fig. 28.

Routing Through Side of Unit

— Route power wiring in field-supplied watertight conduit into unit through 21/2-in. or 3-in. hole. See Fig. 28.

Use field-supplied strain relief going into control box

through 2

/2-in. or 3-in. diameter hole provided. After wires are in unit control box, connect to power terminal block (see Power Wiring section on page 33).

Bring low-voltage control wiring through factory-drilled

/8-in. diameter hole in condenser side post. Use strain relief

going into

/8-in. diameter hole in bottom of unit control box.

After wiring is in control box, make connection to proper terminals on terminal blocks (see Field Control Wiring section below).

IMPORTANT: The VAV (variable air volume) units use variable frequency drives, which generate, use and can radiate radio frequency energy. If units are not installed and used in accordance with these instructions, they may cause radio interference. They have been tested and found to comply with limits of a Class A computing device as defined by FCC (Federal Communications Commission) regulations, Subpart J of Part 15, which are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial environment.

The unit must be electrically grounded in accordance with local codes and NEC ANSI/NFPA 70 (National Fire Protection Association).

Affix crankcase heater sticker (located in the installers pack-

et) to unit disconnect switch.

Voltage to compressor terminals during compressor operation must be within the voltage range indicated on the unit nameplate. On 3-phase units, phases must be balanced within 2%.

Use the formula in Tables 7 and 8 to determine the percentage of voltage imbalance.

IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company immediately.

Unit failure as a result of operation on improper line voltage or excessive phase imbalance constitutes abuse and may cause damage to electrical components.

On 208/230-v units, transformer no. 1 is wired for 230-v. If 208/230-v unit is to be run with 208-v power supply, the transformer must be rewired as follows:

1. Remove cap from red (208 v) wire.

2. Remove cap from spliced orange (230 v) wire. Disconnect orange wire from black unit power wire.

3. Cap orange wire.

4. Splice red wire and black unit power wire. Cap wires.

IMPORTANT: BE CERTAIN UNUSED WIRES ARE CAPPED. Failure to do so may damage the transformers.

FIELD CONTROL WIRING — Install either a Carrierapproved thermostat or a CCN (Carrier Comfort Network) compatible temperature sensor. Thermostats are used on CV (constant volume) units only. Control box diagrams are shown in Fig. 29-31.

Fig. 28 — Field Power Wiring Connections

LEGEND

GND — Ground NEC — National Electrical Code TB — Terminal Block

SENSOR CONNECTION LOCATION

DIP SWITCHES (FAR SIDE)

LEGEND

C—Compressor/

CB — Circuit Breaker CCB — Control Circuit

CR — Control Relay DIP — Dual In-Line Package EQUIP — Equipment FU — Fuse GND — Ground HR — Heater Relay IFC — Indoor-Fan Circuit IFCB — Indoor-Fan

IFR — Indoor-Fan Relay NEC — National Electrical

OFC — Outdoor-Fan

PEC — Power Exhaust

PES — Power Exhaust

PESC — Power Exhaust

TB — Terminal Block TRAN — Transformer

Contactor

Breaker

Circuit Breaker

Code

Contactor

Controller

Sequencer

Sequencer Controller

SEE DETAIL A

R Y1 Y2 W1 W2 G C X

TB3

DETAIL A

(THERMOSTAT CONNECTION

LOCATION)

Fig. 29 — Control Box Diagram (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034 Units)

DETAIL B

(SENSOR CONNECTION

LOCATION)

SEE DETAIL B

R Y1 Y2 W1 W2 G C X

TB3

DETAIL A

(THERMOSTAT CONNECTION

LOCATION)

LEGEND

C—Compressor/Contactor FU — Fuse OFC — Outdoor-Fan Contactor CB — Circuit Breaker GND — Ground PEC — Power Exhaust Controller CCB — Control Circuit Breaker HR — Heater Relay PES — Power Exhaust Sequencer

CCN —

CR — Control Relay IFCB — Indoor-Fan Circuit Breaker SIO — Serial Input/Output DIP — Dual In-Line Package IFR — Indoor-Fan Relay TB — Terminal Block EQUIP — Equipment NEC — National Electrical Code TRAN — Transformer

Thermostat Wiring (CV Only) accessory thermostat assembly (per current price pages) according to the installation instructions included with the accessory or these instructions. Locate the thermostat on a solid interior wall in the conditioned space to sense the average temperature.

Route the thermostat cable or equivalent single leads of colored wire from the subbase terminals to the low-voltage connection as shown on unit label wiring diagram and in Fig. 32.

NOTE: For wire runs up to 50 ft, use no. 18 AWG (American Wire Gage) insulated wire (35 C minimum). For 50 to 75 ft, use no. 16 AWG insulated wire (35 C minimum). For over 75 ft, use no. 14 AWG insulated wire (35 C minimum). All wire larger than no. 18 AWG cannot be directly connected at the thermostat and will require a junction box and splice at the thermostat.

Carrier Comfort Network

— Install a Carrier-approved

IFC —

Indoor-Fan Circuit

PESC —

Power Exhaust Sequencer Controller

If more than sensor is being used and averaged, sensors

must be wired in multiples of 4 or 9. See Fig. 34. Heat Interlock Relay

— VAV units require a field-supplied heat interlock relay (HIR) to drive the air terminal wide open when in heat mode. Heat Interlock relay part number is HN61KK040. See Fig. 35 for HIR wiring.

Remote Field Control

— A switch closure across terminals R and W1 on TB-3 will initiate the Occupied mode. This can be done manually as well as through a field-supplied timeclock.

Service Tool, Building Supervisor, and ComfortWORKS® Software — Access to the control board can be achieved through the terminal marked CCN via a 3-wire bus.

IMPORTANT: The default bus address is 0. The default element number is 1. Refer to CCN literature for information on network addressing or changing CCN communication defaults.

SEE DETAIL A

Set heat anticipators to 0.1 for all voltages. Settings may be changed slightly to provide a greater degree of comfort for a particular installation.

Sensor Wiring (CV or VAV)

— The temperature sensor is

wired into the unit control board. See Fig. 33.

The unit is controlled with a T-55 or T-56 (CV only) zone sensor. Terminal TH (T-56) or T1 (T-55) on the sensor is connected to T1 of the base control board. Terminal COM (T-56) or T2 (T-55) on the sensor is connected to T2 on the base control board. If a T-56 set point override sensor is used, the override connection SW on the sensor is connected to T3 on the base control board.

Carrier Comfort Network Interface be connected to the CCN. The communication bus wiring is supplied and installed in the field. Wiring consists of shielded, 3-conductor cable with drain wire.

The system elements are connected to the communication bus in a daisy chain arrangement. The positive pin of each system element communication connector must be wired to the positive pins of the system element on either side of it, the negative pins must be wired to the negative pins, and the signal pins must be wired to signal ground pins. Wiring connections for CCN should be made at the 3-pin plug (CCN located at the base board). Consult CCN literature for further information.

— The rooftop units can

Power Exhaust Sequencer Control-

ler

PESC —

LEGEND

Indoor-Fan Circuit

IFC —

Carrier Comfort Network

C—Compressor/Contactor FU — Fuse OFC — Outdoor-Fan Contactor

CB — Circuit Breaker GND — Ground PEC — Power Exhaust Controller

CCB — Control Circuit Breaker HR — Heater Relay PES — Power Exhaust Sequencer

CCN —

CR — Control Relay IFCB — Indoor-Fan Circuit Breaker SIO — Serial Input/Output

DIP — Dual In-Line Package IFR — Indoor-Fan Relay TB — Terminal Block

EQUIP — Equipment NEC — National Electrical Code TRAN — Transformer

Table 9 — CCN Connection Approved

Shielded Cables

MANUFACTURER CABLE PART NO.

Alpha 2413 or 5463

American A22503

Belden 8772

Columbia 02525

IMPORTANT: When connecting the CCN communication bus to a system element, use a color coding system for the entire network to simplify installation and checkout. See Table 10.

Table 10 — Color Code Recommendations

Fig. 32 — Field Control Thermostat Wiring

NOTE: Sensor part numbers are as follows:

T-55 — CEC0121448-01 T-56 — CEC0121448-01

Fig. 33 — Field Control Temperature Sensor

Wiring (CV or VAV Units)

SIGNAL

TYPE Positive (+) RED 1 Ground WHITE 2 Negative (-) BLACK 3

CCN BUS CONDUCTOR

INSULATION COLOR

CCN PLUG

PIN NO.

NOTE: If a cable with a different color scheme is selected, a similar color code should be adopted for the entire network.

At each system element, the shields of the communication bus cables must be tied together. If the communication bus is entirely within one building, the resulting continuous shield must be connected to a ground at one point only. If the com- munication bus cable exits from one building and enters another, the shields must be connected to grounds at the lightning suppressor in each building where the cable enters or exits the building (one point per building only).

To connect the unit to the network:

1. Turn off power to the control box.

2. Cut the CCN wire and strip the ends of the red (+), white (ground), and black (-) conductors. (If a different network color scheme is used, substitute appropriate colors.)

3. Remove the 3-pin male plug from the base control board in the main control box, and connect the wires as follows:

a. Insert and secure the red (+) wire to terminal 1 of

the 3-pin plug.

b. Insert and secure the white (ground) wire to termi-

nal 2 of the 3-pin plug.

c. Insert and secure the black (-) wire to terminal 3 of

the 3-pin plug.

4. Insert the plug into the existing 3-pin mating connector on the base module in the main control box.

Conductors and drain wire must be 20 AWG minimum stranded, tinned copper. Individual conductors must be insulated with PVC, PVC/nylon, vinyl, Teflon, or polyethylene. An aluminum/polyester 100% foil shield and an outer jacket of PVC, PVC/nylon, chrome vinyl, or Teflon with a minimum operating temperature range of -20 C to 60 C (-4 F to 140 F) is required. Table 9 lists cables that meet the requirements.

SPACE TEMPERATURE AVERAGING — 4 SENSOR APPLICATION

SPACE TEMPERATURE AVERAGING — 9 SENSOR APPLICATION

Fig. 34 — Space Temperature Averaging Wiring

TB2

HIR

BASE BOARD

T30

Fig. 35 — Field HIR (Heat Interlock Relay) Wiring

Step 10 — Make Outdoor-Air Inlet Adjustments

ECONOMIZER NOTE: If accessory power exhaust or barometric relief pack-

ages are being added to the unit, install power exhaust or barometric relief before installing economizer hoods.

Economizer Hood Assembly shipped in a package secured to the outside of the unit, behind the indoor access panel. The hood assemblies must be fieldassembled. The 48AW,AY and 48EW,EY units are side supply and side return. The return duct limits access to economizer filters from below. Filter tracks (mounting angle without tabs) must be installed correctly to allow access to economizer filters from each side.

The 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024048 units have two hoods on every unit. Each hood has two lower filter tracks, one slotted side and one side without slots. Construct the assembly so that the slotted side is adjacent to the other hood when mounted on the unit.

The 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 units have 3 hoods on every unit. Each hood has two lower filter tracks, one slotted side and one side without slots. Construct the two outer hood assemblies so that the slotted sides are adjacent to the center hood when mounted on the unit.

NOTE: Before assembly of the economizer hood, check along the outer edges of the economizer assembly for any seal strip protruding past the flanges. Trim the excess seal strip so that it is flush with the economizer assembly flanges.

— The economizer hood is

Perform the following procedure to assemble the economiz-

er hood.

1. Apply black seal strip (provided in package) to outside top-edge of hood sides. Wrap seal strip over edge to cover top flange (6 hood sides). Make sure seal strip covers screw holes. Allow strip to overhang

/8-in. past the end

opposite the mounting flange. See Fig. 36.

2. Assemble hood sides, top, and cross member with gasketed screws provided. See Fig. 37.

3. Attach 15 green speed clips (provided) to hood top.

4. Apply black seal strip (provided) to mounting flanges of hood sides being sure to cover mounting holes. See Fig. 38.

NOTE: Each hood assembly has one hood side with slots and one hood side without slots. On the 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048 units, the two outer hood assemblies must have the hood sides with the slots located adjacent to each other when mounted on the unit. On the 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 units, the two outer hood assemblies must have the hood sides with the slots located adjacent to the center hood. The center hood assembly should have hood side with slots located on the left side.

5. Apply black seal strip (provided) to back of hood top mounting flange. Seal strip of hood top mounting flange must press tightly against seal strip of hood side mounting flanges. See Fig. 39.

6. Add gray foam strip (provided in package) to cross members on bottom tray. See Fig. 40.

7. Place gray foam strip (provided) on inside of slotted hood side between filter and cross member opposite the mounting end. See Fig. 41.

8. Attach gray foam strip (provided) to block-off baffle on outer face of flange. See Fig. 42.

9. Remove the screws on each end and along top of damper assembly of unit. Remove top 4 screws on each side of filter panel under damper assembly. Set hood assembly in place and attach to unit using these screws.

10. Attach the outside-air thermostat (OAT) that is supplied from the factory or accessory field-supplied enthalpy sensor onto the hood side furthest from the control box. The OAT or enthalpy sensor is installed on the inside upper right-hand corner using the mounting bracket and mounting holes provided. Attach wiring to unit controls. If accessory enthalpy sensor is used, quick connects must be attached to enthalpy sensor wires.

11. Remove screws along bottom of damper assembly. Locate and mount blockoff baffle using these screws.

12. Assemble 2 filter tracks side-by-side with the assembled ends together.

13. Attach mounting angle (without tabs) to the assembled end of the filter track. See Fig. 43.

14. Attach 9 green speed clips (provided) to hood side panels without slots. Engagement section of clip faces up and towards the outside of the hood side panels.

15. Attach remaining mounting angle (with tabs) to other end of the filter track with no. 10 screws provided. See Fig. 44.

16. Place filter track assembly in bottom of hood by placing tabbed end into slotted side (with tab on bottom) and attaching opposite end to hood with speed clips and gasketed screws provided. Tabs can be hand bent after they have been inserted into the side.

NOTE: The filter track assembly end with screws should face away from the other hood when mounted on the unit. Be sure the filters are installed with the airflow in the correct direction.

NOTE: Tabs from both filter tracks will be in the same space. After one filter track has been inserted into hood side, bend the tabs so they will not interfere with installation of the second/ center hood.

17. Attach black seal strip (provided) to filter cover. Seal strip should be applied centered over the holes of the one flange, making sure to fully cover holes and centered over the other large flange. See Fig. 45.

18. Slide two 20 x 25-in. filters into cross members of hood assembly. Attach filter cover over filters with screws and speed clips provided.

TOP FLANGE

BLACK SEAL STRIP

HOOD SIDE

Fig. 36 — Adding Seal Strip to Top of Hood Sides

NOTE: Left side economizer hood has mounting angle without tabs and filter rack assembled end on the opposite side.

Fig. 37 — Economizer Hood Assembly

(Right Side/Center Economizer Hood Shown)

HOOD SIDE (SLOTTED)

MOUNTING FLANGE

HOOD SIDE

Fig. 38 — Adding Seal Strip to Sides of Hood Top

Mounting Flange

HOOD TOP

HOOD SIDE

HOOD TOP

Fig. 41 — Adding Foam Strip to Hood Side

BLOCKOFF BAFFLE

Fig. 39 — Adding Seal Strip to Back of Hood Top

Mounting Flange

GRAY FOAM STRIP

CROSS MEMBER

Fig. 40 — Adding Foam Strip to Cross Member

GRAY FOAM STRIP

Fig. 42 — Adding Seal Strip to

Blockoff Baffle

Minimum Damper Position (MDP) Setting

— Setting of the outdoor air damper position is performed in conjunction with a shortened version of the field run test. This is performed by first opening DIP (Dual In-line Package) switch no. 4 then no. 6. See Fig. 27 and Direct Digital Controls DIP Switch Configuration section on page 63.

The outdoor-air damper closes. The control allows 90 seconds for the damper to close in case it is in the full open position. Next, the indoor-fan contactor will energize. The outdoor-air damper will remain at 0% for 30 seconds. It will then move to the 10% damper motor travel position for another 30 seconds. This will be repeated at every 10% increment for 30 seconds until the damper reaches 100% open. Close DIP switch no. 4 during the 30 seconds immediately after the desired outdoor air minimum damper position. The 30-second time period is to allow time where DIP switch no. 4 can be closed. The default value of the minimum outdoor air damper position is 20%. If the desired minimum position is 30%, allows the damper position to go to 10% for 30 seconds, then 20% for 30 seconds, and when it reaches 30% close DIP switch no. 4 during the 30-second period following the 30% position.

The minimum outdoor air damper position is now set. Close DIP switch no. 6.

MOUNTING ANG

(WITHOUT TABS)

FILTER TRACK ASSEMBLY

Fig. 43 — Mounting Angle (Without Tabs)

Attached to Filter Track Assembly

MOUNTING ANGLE (WITH TABS)

Fig. 44 — Mounting Angle (With Tabs) Attached to

Filter Track Assembly

BLACK SEAL STRIP (CENTERED)

FILTER COVER

Fig. 45 — Attaching Seal Strip to Filter Cover

ECONOMIZER SETTINGS Accessory Enthalpy Control (Fig. 46)

— The control (HH57AC077) is mounted in the economizer hood. See Fig. 37. The enthalpy setting adjustment is on the enthalpy control. For maximum benefit of outdoor air, set enthalpy control to A. See Fig. 47 and 48.

The enthalpy controls operation of the economizer outdoorair damper to provide free cooling on a signal form the cooling thermostat.

Enthalpy Control Installation

— The outdoor air enthalpy control is installed on the inside panel of the outdoor air hood. The enthalpy control should be mounted when the outdoor air hoods are assembled. To install the control, perform the following procedure:

1. Turn off all power. Ensure disconnect is locked out.

2. Remove the economizer inlet filters from the bottom of the right hand economizer hood. See Fig. 37. See Fig. 49 for economizer details.

3. Mount the outdoor air enthalpy sensor inside the right economizer hood on the right side panel of the hood, adjacent to the outdoor-air thermistor.

4. Locate the red, violet, and brown wires near the outdoor air thermistor. Remove the splice from the red and violet wires. Remove the cap from the brown wire.

5. Install a

/4-in. push on terminal (field-supplied) on the vi-

olet and brown wires.

6. Connect a end of a 18-gage, 6-in. jumper wire (field-provided). Connect the other end to the red wire and attach a

/4-in. push on terminal (field-provided) to one

/4-in.

push on connector (field-provided).

7. Connect the red wire with the jumper to terminal TR1. Connect the jumper to terminal 2. Connect the brown wire to terminal TR. Connect the violet wire to terminal 3. All connections are on the enthalpy control.

8. Replace the economizer filters.

9. Return power to unit.

Accessory Differential Enthalpy Control (Fig. 46)

— The control (HH57AC077), in conjunction with the accessory enthalpy sensor (HH57AC078), controls economizer operation according to the differential enthalpy. The control is mounted in the economizer hood. The sensor is mounted in the return duct (48AJ,AK and 48EJ,EK) or return air plenum (48AW,AY and 48EW,EY).

Differential Enthalpy Sensor Installation

— To install the

control, perform the following procedure:

1. Turn off all power. Ensure disconnect is locked out.

2. Remove the economizer inlet filters from the bottom of the right hand economizer hood. See Fig. 37 and 49.

3. Remove the factory-installed, 620-ohm jumper between terminals SR and + on the enthalpy control located inside the outdoor air hood.

4. Connect the violet wire from the enthalpy sensor kit to the + terminal on the enthalpy control. Connect the blue wire from the enthalpy sensor kit to the SR terminal on the enthalpy control.

5. Turn the enthalpy control set point potentiometer clockwise past the ‘‘D’’ setting on the enthalpy control to configure the control to operate on differential enthalpy. See Fig. 47.

6. Remove the return-air enthalpy sensor from the accessory package. Using the screws provided, mount the sensor inside the return duct near the unit. Do not locate the control too far from the unit, or the wires will not reach from the sensor to the control. On 48AW,AY and 48EW,EY units, the enthalpy sensor can be installed in the return air section of the unit, under the return air dampers.

7. Route the wires from the enthalpy sensor to the return air enthalpy control through the holes on the inside of the hinged filter access panel. The holes are blocked by plug buttons which should be removed.

8. Use field-supplied wire ties to attach the violet wire to the + terminal and the blue wire to the SR terminal.

9. Replace economizer filters.

10. Return power to unit.

Disable Economizer

— For applications where the economizer will not be used (areas of high humidity), the economizer should be disabled. To disable the economizer, perform the following:

1. Turn of power. Ensure disconnect is locked out.

2. Locate the OAT (Outdoor Air Thermostat) in the right hand outdoor air damper area.

3. Locate the splice connecting the violet wire coming from T24 on the base control board to the red wire coming from T29 on the base control board. Remove the wire nut and break the red to violet wire splice.

HH57AC077

ENTHALPY

CONTROL

4. Cap off both wires. When the connection is broken the base control board is fooled into thinking that the enthalpy is not acceptable and economizer operation is disabled.

5. Return power to unit. NOTE: When the economizer is disabled, the damper

will function as a 2-position damper.

Step 11 — Position Power Exhaust/Barometric Relief Damper Hood —

been made and adjusted at the factory. The power exhaust blowers and barometric relief dampers are shipped assembled and tilted back into the unit for shipping. Brackets and extra screws are shipped in shrink wrap around the dampers. If ordered, each unit will have 4 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048 units) or 6 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 units) power exhaust blowers and motors or 4 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW, EY024-048 units) or 6 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK, EW,EY054-068 units) barometric relief dampers.

1. Remove 9 screws holding each damper assembly in place. See Fig. 50. Each damper assembly is secured with 3 screws on each side and 3 screws along the bottom.

Save screws.

Be careful when tilting blower assembly. Hoods and blowers are heavy and can cause injury if dropped.

All electrical connections have

HH57AC078

ENTHALPY SENSOR

(USED WITH ENTHALPY

CONTROL FOR DIFFERENTIAL

ENTHALPY OPERATION)

C7400A1004

Fig. 46 — Differential Enthalpy Control and Sensor

NOTE: Switches shown in high enthalpy state. Terminals 2 and 3 close on enthalpy decrease.

Fig. 47 — Wiring Connections for Solid-State

Enthalpy Control (HH57AC077)

2. Pivot each damper assembly outward until edges of damper assembly rest against inside wall of unit.

3. Secure each damper assembly to unit with 6 screws across top (3 screws provided) and bottom (3 screws from Step 1) of damper.

4. With screws saved from Step 1, install brackets on each side of damper assembly.

5. Remove tape from damper blades.

VAV DUCT PRESSURE TRANSDUCER — The VAV duct pressure transducer (VAV inverter pressure transducer) is located behind the filter access door on the lower inner panel. See Fig. 51. A section of field-supplied

/4-in. plastic tubing must be run from the high pressure tap on the differential pressure switch and connected to a field-supplied tap in the supply-air duct. The tap is usually located

of the way out on the main

supply duct. Remove plug button in panel to route tubing. VAV BUILDING PRESSURE TRANSDUCER — The VAV

building pressure transducer (modulating power exhaust pressure transducer) is located behind the filter access door on the lower inner panel. See Fig. 51. A section of field-supplied

/4-in. plastic tubing must be run from the high pressure tap on the differential pressure switch to the conditioned space. The pressure tube must be terminated in the conditioned space where a constant pressure is required. This location is usually in an entrance lobby so that the building exterior doors will open and close properly. Remove plug button in panel to route tubing.

The low pressure tap is factory-routed to the atmosphere. For a positive-pressure building, route the high tap to building air and low tap to atmosphere. For a negative-pressure building, route the high tap to atmosphere and the low tap to building air.

CONTROL

CURVE

CONTROL POINT

(APPROX. DEG.)

AT 50% RH F (C) A 73 (23) B 70 (21) C 67 (19) D 63 (17)

LEGEND

RH — Relative Humidity

Fig. 48 — Psychrometric Chart for Enthalpy Control

NOTE: Partitions shown indicate both side supply (AW,AY,EW,EY) and vertical supply (AJ,AK,EJ,EK) units.

Fig. 49 — Economizer Details

NOTES:

1. Unless otherwise specified, all dimensions are to outside of part.

2. Dimensions are in inches.

3. On 48AW,AY and 48EW,EY units, accessory barometric relief or power exhaust must be mounted in the field-supplied return ductwork.

Fig. 50 — Barometric Relief Damper and Power Exhaust Mounting Details

Step 12 — Install All Accessories — After all the

factory-installed options have been adjusted, install all field-installed accessories. Refer to the accessory installation instructions included with each accessory.

MOTORMASTER® III CONTROL INSTALLATION Install Field-Fabricated Wind Baffles

be field-fabricated for all units to ensure proper cooling cycle operation at low-ambient temperatures. See Fig. 52 for baffle details. Use 20-gage, galvanized sheet metal, or similar corrosion-resistant metal for baffles. Use field-supplied screws to attach baffles to unit. Screws should be long. Holes for wind baffles are pre-punched in the unit sheet metal.

— Wind baffles must

-in. diameter and

-in.

LEGEND

VAV — Vari ab le Air Volum e

Fig. 51 — Pressure Transducer Locations

(48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068)

To avoid damage to the refrigerant coils and electrical components, use recommended screw sizes only.

The wind baffles attach to flanges formed on the outer sheet metal of the unit corner post. The other end of the baffle is attached to the center panel between the condenser coil and the indoor section. Two baffles are required.

Install Motormaster® III Controls

— Only one Motormaster

III control is required per unit. Motor — One outdoor-fan motor (OFM) must be changed out

in the field to accommodate the Motormaster III accessory. The replacement motor part no. is HD52AK652.

For 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024034 units, the Motormaster controlled OFM is the no. 2 OFM and is located at the left side of the unit looking from the compressor end. The no. 1 OFM is controlled to shut off at 55 F and on at 65 F outdoor-air temperature and does NOT need to be changed out.

For 48AJ,AK,AW,AY035-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY038054 units, the Motormaster controlled OFM is no. 1 OFM and is located at the left side of the unit looking from the compressor end and the second motor back. The no. 3 and 4 OFM are controlled to shut off at 55 F and on at 65 F outdoor-air temperature and do NOT need to be changed out. The no. 2 OFM is intended to run at all ambient temperatures.

For 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY058-068 units, the Motormaster controlled OFM is no. 3 OFM and is located at the left side of the unit looking from the compressor end and the second motor back.

The no. 4, 5, and 6 OFMs are controlled to shut off at 55 F and on at 65 F outdoor-air temperature and do NOT need to be changed out. The no. 1 and 2 OFMs are intended to run at all ambient temperatures.

Sensor — Install the sensor for thermistor input control in the location shown in Fig. 53A-53E. Connect sensor leads to the violet and gray control signal leads on the Motormaster III control.

Signal Selection Switch — Remove the cover of the Motormaster III control. Set the switch to accept the thermistor sensor input signal. Set the frequency to match the unit power supply (60 Hz).

Motormaster III Control — The recommended mounting location is in the indoor fan section, mounted on the panel that separates the indoor and outdoor sections. On VAV units, this location is next to the VFD (variable frequency drive).

Do not route the Motormaster III control wiring next to the VFD on VAV units. Use a separate connector through the partition when wiring to the OFM.

Electrical Connections

BOTH SIDES

0.312 DIA HOLES

17.167 BETWEEN HOLES (TYPICAL)

4.62

UNIT SIZE A B

48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and

48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-054 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and

48EJ,EK,EW,EY058-068

NOTE: All dimensions are in inches. Material: 20 gage galvanized steel or other non-corrosive material.

CROSS-BREAK

0.5

80.5 79.5

120.5 119.5

Fig. 52 — Motormaster III Control Baffle Details

To avoid possibility of electrical shock and personal injury, turn off all power to unit before making electrical connections.

When replacing the OFM, reconnect the black, yellow, and blue wires form the outdoor fan contactor to the black, yellow, and blue wires of the Motormaster III control. Run new wires from the red, orange, and brown wires to the leads of the new OFM. Connect the green wire from the control to ground.

NOTE: On all 575-v units, 2 transformers (part no. HT01AH851) must be used for each Motormaster III control to lower the supply voltage to the control to 460-v. Transformers can be mounted anywhere outside the control box.

Fig. 53A — Motormaster III Sensor Location

(48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and

48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034)

Fig. 53B — Motormaster® III Sensor Location

(48AJ,AK,AW,AY035 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY038, 044)

Fig. 53D — Motormaster III Sensor Location

(48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-064)

Fig. 53C — Motormaster III Sensor Location

(48AJ,AK,AW,AY040, 050 and

48EJ,EK,EW,EY048)

Fig. 53E — Motormaster III Sensor Location

(48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and

48EJ,EK,EW,EY068)

Step 13 — Field Modifications

DUCTWORK Bottom Return Units (48AJ,AK,EJ,EK) Field-Modified for

Side Return — 48AJ,AK and 48EJ,EK units with bottom return air connections may be field-modified to accommodate side return air connections.

IMPORTANT: The following section is a guideline and not a comprehensive procedure to field modify the units. The installing contractor must provide some design initiative. Field-conversion is complex and is not recommended. Units with electric heat must not be converted because of potential heating mode operating problems.

Conversion to horizontal return requires that the bottom return openings of the unit must be sealed with airtight panels capable of supporting the weight of a person. The return ductwork connection locations on the side of the unit are higher than normal (31-in. high). Unit-mounted power exhaust or barometric relief cannot be used because of return air ductwork will cover the power exhaust or barometric relief installation locations. Power exhaust or barometric relief may be installed in the return air ductwork.

To convert the unit, perform the following:

1. Seal the bottom return openings of the unit with airtight panels capable of supporting the weight of a person.

2. Remove the panels located below the economizer outdoor air dampers. These openings will be used for the return air ductwork. There are 2 panels on 48AJ,AK020050 and 48EJ,EK024-048 units. There are 3 panels on

48AJ,AK060 and 48EJ,EK054-068 units. These openings are normally used for power exhaust or barometric relief.

3. Run the return air ductwork up to the openings. One single duct is recommended to connect to the unit over the return air openings. See Fig. 54. The return duct must incorporate a minimum

/4-in. flange for connection to the unit cabinet. The unit does not have duct flanges for this conversion.

Side Supply and Return Units (48AW,AY,EW,EY) With Field-Installed Power Exhaust in Return Duct — Space must be available in the return duct to mount the power exhaust fan (gravity relief) modules. Dimensions and suggested locations are shown in Fig. 55. These instructions are a guideline and not a comprehensive procedure. The design contractor must provide some design initiative.

The wiring harness that is provided with the power exhaust accessory is not long enough for the fan modules to be mounted in the return air duct. Field-supplied wiring must be spliced into the harness. Use a junction box at each splice. The wiring may be run in the return duct as shown in Fig. 55, or externally in conduit. A service access panel will be needed near each power exhaust fan.

ELECTRIC UNLOADERS (Constant Volume Units Only) — The rooftop units with version 4.0 control software and later are capable of controlling electronic unloaders when in the constant volume (CV) operating mode. The unloaders may be installed in the field and wired to the control box as shown in Fig. 56.

97.78” (020-050)(024-048), 150.47” (060)(054-068) INSIDE DIMENSION

31.25”

INSIDE

Fig. 54 — Side Return Air Conversion

LOCATION BAROMETRIC RELIEF OR POWER EXHAUST “SIDE #2”

23.28” TYP

ECONOMIZER

HOOD

ECONOMIZER

HOOD

42.56”

“END #2”

“END #1”

23.28”

42.62 TYP

ALTERNATE LOCATION (END)

R/A

Fig. 55 — Power Exhaust Relocated to Side Return Duct

BASE MODULE

DISCRETE OUTPUTS

COMP #2 UNLOADER

COMP #1 UNLOADER

CYCLIC COND FAN

POWER EXHAUST

COM

CONT COND FAN

COM

ELEC HEAT 2

COM

ELEC HEAT 1

ECONOMIZER

4-20 mA OUPUT

T31 T32

T30 T29 T28

T26

T36 T35 T34

T33

T39 T38

T37

UL2

UL1

Fig. 56 — Wiring Field-Supplied Unloaders for

Constant Volume Units

“SIDE #1”

42.62”

S/A

42” MIN.

R/A

S/A

PLENUM RATED CABLE (FIELD SUPPLIED)

J BOX

NOTE: 024-048, 020-050 SIZES SHOWN (2 POWER EXHAUST FANS) 060, 054-068 SIZES HAVE 3 POWER EXHAUST FANS. ALL UNIT SIZES HAVE THE SAME SIZE POWER EXHAUST.

12.94 (UNIT

OPENING)

J BOX

START-UP

Use the following information and Start-Up Checklist on

pages CL-1 and CL-2 to check out unit PRIOR to start-up.

Unit Preparation — Check that unit has been installed in

accordance with these installation instructions and applicable codes.

Compressor Mounting — Loosen the compressor

hold-down bolts until sidewise movement of the washer under each holddown bolt head can be obtained. Do not loosen completely as bolts are self-locking and will maintain adjustment.

Service Valves — Ensure that the suction, discharge, and

liquid line service valves are open. Damage to the compressor could result if they are left closed.

Internal Wiring — Check all electrical connections in

unit control boxes; tighten as required.

Refrigerant Service Ports — Each refrigerant system

has one suction port located in the top of the compressor motor casing. All units also have one service port on the liquid line valve and one on the compressor discharge valve. Be sure that caps on the ports are tight.

Crankcase Heaters —

FLA

LOW

LOWP24 RCH S4 S3 S2 S1 RFRRRESP24

FLBFLCFPIVPPRXCCCCAMFM

NOTES:

1. Drive enable (ST to CC made).

2. No emergency off command (S4 to CC made).

3. Direction command (F or R to CC made).

4. Frequency reference (4-20mA signal at IV terminal).

Fig. 57 — Toshiba TOSVERT130-E3 VFD

Factory-Installed Jumpers

Crankcase heaters are energized as long as there is power to the unit, except when the compressors are operating.

IMPORTANT: Unit power must be on for 24 hours prior to start-up. Otherwise, damage to compressor may result.

Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) —

The variable frequency drives are factory set. These settings include factoryinstalled jumpers and software configurations. The only field configured set point is duct static pressure. A Toshiba Operation Manual is shipped with each VAV unit. This manual should be used if the drive needs to be customized for a particular application.

NOTE: The VFD will always provide the proper phase sequence to the indoor-fan motor. The indoor-fan motor operates in proper rotation regardless of the phase sequence to the unit. If, upon start-up, the outdoor fans operate backwards but the indoor fan operates in the correct direction, reverse any two leads to the main terminal block. All fans will then operate in the corre ct d ire ctio n.

A factory-supplied 2-wire duct pressure transducer is supplied and wired complete with cable ground to reduce electrical noise. A

/4-in. air pressure tube must be routed to a location in the supply air ductwork where it can sense supply air duct pressure. The recommended location is about 2/3 of the way out on the supply ductwork, so that a steady pressure will be provided for the transducer.

To set the duct static pressure, perform the following steps. The factory setting is zero. The duct transducer has a range from 0 to 5 in. wg. The transducer output is 4 to 20 mA, therefore, 0 to 5 in. wg is proportional to the 4 to 20 mA and must be expressed to the VFD in terms of percentage of the frequency range. Refer to Table 11. The set point val ue is a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Locate the duct static pressure closest to that desired and use the corresponding set point value. If necessary, interpolation between duct static pressures is permissible.

Table 11 — Toshiba TOSVERT VFD Set Point

(Frequency Command) for Supply Duct Pressure

TOSHIBA TOSVERT130-E3 VFD — The VFD must be powered up, however, since it is located near the indoor fan, operation of the fan is not desirable. To disable the fan and set the duct static pressure, perform the following procedure:

1. Open the Indoor Fan Circuit Breaker (IFCB). This will shut off power to the VFD.

2. Wait for the VFD display to go blank and remove VFD cover without touching any interior components. Make sure that the charge indicator lamp is out, indicating that the VFD is discharged. The lamp is located on the upper right hand corner of the terminal block. It may take several minutes for the VFD to fully discharge.

A high voltage potential can exist with the indoor fan circuit breaker open. The charge LED, located in the top right-hand corner of the Toshiba TOSVERT130-E3 VFD control board, will indicate charged capacitors. DO NOT TOUCH internal high voltage parts if LED is lit.

3. Remove jumper between ST and CC on the terminal block and replace the VFD cover. This will disable the running of the VFD. Refer to Fig. 57.

4. Close the IFCB and energize the Indoor Fan Contactor (IFC). The VFD is now powered but the fan will not operate.

5. On the front of the VFD is a keypad, which is used to change the VFD set point. At this point the drive should be disabled and the display read “OFF”. If the current output frequency is displayed then verify that the ST and CC jumpers have been removed.

6. Press either the “DOWN AR ROW” or “UP ARROW” key once, this will display the current frequency set point.

7. Press either the “DOWN AR ROW” or “UP ARROW” key to change set point to the appropriate duct static set point desired. This number may be adjusted based on the amount of static pressure (in. wg) re quired. Refer to T able 11 to identify the VFD Set Point.

PRESSURE

in. wg kPa

0.0 0.000

0.25 0.062

0.50 0.124

0.75 0.187

1.00 0.249

1.25 0.311

1.50 0.373

1.75 0.435

2.00 0.498

2.25 0.560

2.50 0.622

2.75 0.684

3.00 0.747

3.25 0.809

3.50 0.871

CONTROL SIGNAL

(mA)

4.0 0

4.8 3

5.6 6

6.4 9

7.2 12

8.0 15

8.8 18

9.6 21

10.4 24

11.2 27

12.0 30

12.8 33

13.6 36

14.4 39

15.2 42

VFD SET POINT

(Hz)

8. Press “READ/WRITE” key, to enter the new value. The desired set point value will alternately flash to indicate that the new value has been stored.

IMPORTANT: The Carrier factory default values for the VFD may be different than the default values of the manufacturer. Refer to the Carrier literature when checking default values. The following default values have been changed from the manufacturer settings to closely match the VFD operation with a Carrier VAV unit. Refer to Tables 12 and 13.

9. Fire-speed override mode is available by contact closure between terminals S1 and CC.

10. If the VFD is to be controlled by an external control system, other than the factory-supplied duct static pressure transducer, follow these steps:

a. Install a jumper between S2 and CC. This jumper

will disable the PID (Proportional Integral Derivative) control loop in the VFD. The VFD is set to

Table 12 — Carrier Default Program Parameter Values

PARAMETER GROUP PARAMETER DEFAULT VALUE

ACC1 60.0 Sec DEC1 60.0 Sec

UL 60.0 Hz LL 10.0 Hz*

Luln 1

P3 20%

SetP

(Setup)

Gr.F

(Fundamental)

Gr.Fb

(Feedback)

Gr.SF

(Frequency Settings)

Gr.Pn

(Panel Control)

Gr.St

(Terminal Selection)

Gr.Pr

(Protection)

Gr.Ut

(Utility)

*These settings differ from the Toshiba defaults and are required for Carrier applications.

F-P3 0.0 Hz

P4 100%

F-P4 60 Hz

tHr1 See Table 13

StC1 0

StL1 110% OLN 1

tYP 5*

FH 60 Hz

Pt 2

FbP1 1*

Fbln 2

GP .30

Gl 2 sec

GA 0

GFS 80

P1LL 10

PuL 1 PuUl 10 PuLL 10

Fsor 60 Hz

Fr 0*

1t 1 1t0 0 1t1 56 1t2 13 1t3 3 1t4 10

UuC 1*

UuCt 2

ArSt 3 Cnod 1* Fnod 2* bLPn 1*

follow an external speed reference signal from the control system.

b. Connect the field-supplied speed reference (4-20

mA) signal across terminals IV and P24.

11. Once all the changes have been made, open the IFCB.

12. Wait for the VFD display to go blank and remove VFD cover without touching any interior components. Make sure that the charge indicator lamp is out. If still lit, wait until lamp goes completely out. This may take several minutes.

13. Replace jumper across terminals ST and CC.

14. Replace VFD cover.

15. Close the IFCB. The VFD is now powered and the fan will operate.

Table 13 — Motor Electronic Thermal Protection (tHr) for Toshiba TOSVERT 130-E3 VFD

MOTOR STANDARD EFFICIENCY HIGH EFFICIENCY

Hp kW

53.73A 66 100 72 89 L 72 72

7.5 5.60 B 100 100 80 76 M 100 80 10 7.46 C 96949791N 96100 15 11.19 D 78 94 100 100 P 78 100 20 14.92 E 87 94 100 95 Q 82 100 25 18.65 F 868494100R 8691 30 22.38 G 99 — 92 100 S 86 80 40 29.84 H 89 — 85 85 T 89 85

*IFM Letter refers to the 15th digit (Motor Option) of the unit model number

IFM

Letter*

230 V

Setting

380V

Setting

460V

Setting

575V

Setting

IFM

Letter*

230V

Setting

460V

Setting

TOSHIBA TOSVERT VF-S9 VFD — The VFD must be powered up, however, since it is located near the indoor fan, operation of the fan is not desirable. To disable the fan and set the duct static pressure, perform the following procedure:

1. Open the Indoor Fan Circuit Breaker (IFCB). This will shut off power to the VFD.

2. Wait for the VFD display to go blank and the charge lamplight to go out. Remove the VFD cover without touching any interior components. It may take several minutes for the VFD to fully discharge.

A high voltage potential can exist with the indoor fan circuit breaker open. The charge lamp LED, located on the upper left corner of the Toshiba TOSVERT VF-S9 VFD front cover, will indicate charged capacitors. DO NOT TOUCH internal high voltage parts if LED is lit.

3. Remove jumper between R and CC on the terminal block and replace the VFD cover. This will disable the running of the VFD. Refer to Fig. 58.

4. Close the IFCB and energize the Indoor Fan Contactor (IFC). The VFD is now powered but the fan will not operate.

6. Press either the “DOWN ARROW” or “UP ARROW” key once, this will display the current frequency set point.

7. Press either the “DOWN ARROW” or “UP ARROW” key to change set point to the appropriate duct static set point desired. This number may be adjusted based on the

amount of static pressure (in. wg) required. Refer to the Table 8 to identify the VFD Set Point.

8. Press “ENT” key, to enter the new value. The desired set point value will alternately flash to indicate that the new value has been stored.

9. Fire-speed override mode is available by contact closure between terminals S1 and CC.

10. If the VFD is to be controlled by an external control system, other than the factory-supplied duct static pressure transducer, follow these steps:

a. Install a jumper between S2 and CC. This jumper

will disable the PID (Proportional Integral Derivative) control loop in the VFD. The VFD is set to follow an external speed reference signal from the control system.

b. Connect the field-supplied speed reference

(4-20 mA) signal across terminals II and P24. See Fig. 58.

11. Once all the changes have been made, open the IFCB.

12. Wait for the VFD display to go blank and the charge lamplight to go out. Remove the VFD cover without touching any interior components. It may take several minutes for the VFD to fully discharge.

13. Replace jumper across terminals R and CC.

14. Replace VFD cover.

15. Close the IFCB. The VFD is now powered and the fan will operate.

LEGEND

VIA

VIB

II FM

R RST

TWO-WIRE

TRANSDUCER

4-20mA

CC OUT

E-STOP

P24

Typical Factory Wiring Optional Field Wiring

FIRE SPEED OVER-RIDE

Fig. 58 — Toshiba TOSVERT VF-S9 VFD Factory-Installed Jumpers

Table 14 — Carrier VFD (Toshiba TOSVERT VF-S9) Program Parameter Values

PARAMETER GROUP COMMUNICATION NO. DESCRIPTION CARRIER DEFAULT SETTINGS

Basic Parameters

Extended Parameters

Frequency Parameters

Operation Mode Parameters

*These settings differ from the Toshiba defaults and are required for Carrier applications.

CNOd 0003 Command Mode Selection 0* FNOd 0004 Frequency Setting Mode Selection 1*

Fr 0008 Forward/Reverse Run Selection 1*

ACC 0009 Acceleration Time 1 10.0 sec

dEC1 0010 Deceleration Time 1 10.0 sec

FH 0011 Maximum Frequency 60.0 Hz* UL 0012 Upper Limit Frequency 60.0 Hz* LL 0013 Lower Limit Frequency 10.0 Hz*

Pt 0015 V/f Control Mode Selection 1* tHr 0041 Motor Electronic Thermal Protection Level 1 See Table 15* Sr1 0018 Preset-Speed Operation Frequency 1 60.0 Hz*

F115 0115 Input Terminal Selection 5 (S2) 14* F116 0116 Input Terminal Selection 6 (S3) 11*

F201 0201 VIA/II Input Point 1 Setting 20%* F202 0202 VIA/II Input Point 1 Frequency 0.0 Hz F203 0203 VIA/II Input Point 2 Setting 100% F204 0204 VIA/II Input Point 2 Frequency 60.0 Hz*

F300 0300 PWM Carrier Frequency 4 KHz* F301 0301 Auto-Restart Control Selection 3* F302 0302 Regenerative Power Ride-through Control 1* F303 0303 Retry Selection (Number of Times) 2* F360 0360 PI Control 1* F362 0362 Proportional Gain 0.30 F363 0363 Integral Gain 0.20

Table 15 — Motor Electronic Thermal Protection (tHr) for Toshiba TOSVERT VF-S9 VFD

MOTOR STD EFFICIENCY HIGH EFFICIENCY

HP kW IFM Letter* 230V Setting 380V Setting 460V Setting IFM Letter* 230V Setting 460V Setting

53.73 A837783L9083

7.5 5.60 B808884M8084 10 7.46 C857586N8588 15 11.19 D819879P8179 20 14.92 E94— 87Q88 87

*IFM Letter refers to the 15th digit (Motor Option) of the unit model number.

Power Exhaust — The optional non-modulating power

exhaust (CV only) is a two-stage design where the operation of the exhaust fans is linked to economizer position. When the supply fan is running and the economizer is 25% open, the base control board closes contacts, activating 2 (48AJ,AK,AW, AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048) or 3 (48AJ,AK, AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068) exhaust fans. When the economizer position reaches 75% open, the base module activates the other 2 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048) or 3 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068) exhaust fans. The fans will turn off when the economizer closes below the same points. The economizer position set points that trigger the exhaust fans can be modified, but only through use of the Service Tool, ComfortWORKS®, or Building Supervisor software. If single-stage operation is desired, adjust the economizer set points to identical values at the desired point to activate all exhaust fans.

The optional modulating power exhaust (VAV standard, CV optional) is controlled by a modular electronic sequencer system. This system consists of a model R353 signal input module and 4 model S353 staging modules (for 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068, 6 model S353 staging modules). The signal input module receives a 0 to 10 vdc signal from the building pressure transducer, which is mounted adjacent to the supply static transducer behind the filter access panel. The modules are mounted just below the unit control board. The left module is the R353, and the 4 or 6 modules on the right are S353 modules for stages 1 through 4 or 6. On the unit wiring label, the R353 is designated PESC, and the S353 modules are designated PES1 through PES4 (PES6 for 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068).

The building pressure transducer range is -0.5 to + 0.5 in. wg. It is powered by a 0 to 10 vdc signal. A factory-installed hose at the ‘‘Lo’’ connection leads to atmosphere, and a fieldsupplied hose must be connected to the ‘‘Hi’’ connection and led into the building to a point where building pressure is to be controlled. There is a plug button in the bulkhead just above the transducers, for use in leading the hoses into the building via the return air ductwork.

There are 3 adjustments at the R353 module, all of which have been factory set. In the center of the circuit board is a set of 4 pins with a jumper, labeled J2. This determines the mode of operation. The bottom two pins must be jumpered for direct operation. Direct operation means that the staging modules are activated in sequence as the input signal increases.

At the upper right corner of the board is a set of 5 pins and jumper, which determines the time constant for the control. The time constant is the delay in response built into the controls. The jumper should be on the middle or bottom two pins, for the maximum time constant. The delay can be decreased, if desired, by moving the jumper progressively upward, always jumpering adjacent pins.

At the lower left corner of the board below the terminal strip is a resistor marked R27. This must be removed in order to obtain the 0 to 10 vdc signal output. There will not be a resistor on a factory-supplied module, but a resistor may be present on a replacement module and must be removed.

The R353 module has a terminal block with 7 connections available for wiring. The 2 right-hand terminals are for the 24 vac and common connections. The next 2 terminals are for the 0 to 10 vdc signal. Consult the wiring label for wire identification if replacing the module. The 3 left-hand terminals are not used for this application.

The S353 module has an LED (light-emitting diode), a set of 4 jumper pins, and 2 potentiometers. The LED will light whenever the module is activated, providing a visual indication of the number of exhaust fans running. The jumper pins are arranged in a square format. Two jumpers are used to determine

the mode of operation (direct or reverse). The 2 jumpers must be arranged horizontally for direct action (factory set).

At the top of the module are two potentiometers. The left potentiometer adjusts the offset. The right potentiometer adjusts the differential. The potentiometers are factory set for a nominal 0 in. wg building pressure.

The offset set point is defined as the point at which a module turns off a fan, and is measured in terms of percent of the input signal. For control purposes, 0 offset is at an arbitrary ‘‘floor’’ which is established at 10% of the input signal, or 1 vdc. In this example, the first stage will turn off at 30% (3 vdc), and the offset potentiometer will be set at 20%. The second stage will turn off at 50% signal (5 vdc), and the offset potentiometer will be set at 40%. The fourth stage is at the maximum 75% offset, which equates to 85% signal or 8.5 vdc. The offset potentiometer is calibrated in 10% increments.

See below for building pressure to signal level.

BUILDING PRESSURE SIGNAL LEVEL

(in. wg) (vdc)

-0.50 2

-0.25 4

0.00 6

0.25 8

0.50 10

If the building pressure is controlled at 0 in. wg, offset of the first stage should be set at 50%, which equates to 60% of the input signal, or 6 vdc. The other stages can then be set as desired between 50% and 75%.

The default offset set points for modulating power exhaust are shown in Tables 16A and 16B.

The differential set point is the difference between the turn off point and the turn on point for each module. It also is calibrated in terms of percent of input signal, and has a range of 1% to 7%. The differential potentiometer is calibrated in 1% increments, and is factory set at approximately 3%. It is recommended to leave the set point at 3%, to minimize cycling of the fans.

The offset and differential potentiometers have been factory set for atmospheric pressure. Do not change these settings until there is some experience with the building. In most cases the factory settings will be satisfactory. However, if the building pressure is not being maintained as desired, then some minor adjusting on a trial and error basis can be made.

Direct Digital Controls DIP Switch Configuration —

configured for each application. The DDC board is configured through the DIP (Dual In-Line Package) switches located on the board. There are 8 DIP switches which configure 8 different applications of the DDC. See Table 17. DIP switch 1 is on the left of the block. DIP switch 8 is on the right of the block. To open a DIP switch, push the switch up with suitable tool (small-blade screwdriver). To close a DIP switch, push the switch down. Factory settings are shown in Table 18.

• DIP switch 1 configures the unit to operate as a VAV or

• DIP switch 2 configures the unit to use a space sensor

• DIP switch 3 configures the DDC for use with an elec-

• DIP switch 4 is used to field test the unit

• DIP switch 5 is used to enable occupied heating (VAV

The Direct Digital Control (DDC) board must be

The DIP switch configurations are as follows:

CV unit

(VAV units) or a thermostat (CV units)

tronic expansion board

units) or specify the type of power exhaust (CV units)

• DIP switch 6 configures the Time Guard® override and, when used with the field test function, sets the minimum damper position

• DIP switch 7 configures the unit for gas heat or electric heat

• DIP switch 8 configures the unit for heat pump or air conditioner operation.

Crankcase Heater — Units are equipped with crank-

case heaters. Crankcase heaters are energized as long as there is power supplied to unit. Crankcase heaters deenergize while compressors are running.

IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to compressors, crankcase heater should be energized 24-hours prior to start-up.

Evaporator Fan — Fan belt and fixed pulleys are

factory-installed. See Tables 19-33 for fan performance and motor limitations data. Remove tape from fan pulley, and be

quantity limits. Static pressure drop for power exhaust is negligible. To alter fan performance, see Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment section on page 91.

Condenser Fans and Motors — Condenser fans and

motors are factory set. Refer to Condenser-Fan Adjustment section on page 92 as required. Be sure that fans rotate in the proper direction. Fan no. 2 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034), fans no. 3 and 4 (48AJ,AK,AW, AY035-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY038-054), and fans no. 4, 5, and 6 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY058-068) are cycled on the outdoor-air temperature.

The VFD will always provide the proper phase sequence to the indoor-fan motor to operate in the proper rotation regardless of the phase sequence to the unit. If on start-up, the outdoor fans operate backwards but the indoor fan operates in the correct direction, reverse any two leads to the unit main terminal block and all fans will operate in the correct direction.

sure that fans rotate in the proper direction. See Table 34 for air

Table 16A — Power Exhaust Default Set Points (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048)

STAGE OFFSET DIFFERENTIAL OFF VOLTAGE ON VOLTAGE

1 50% 3% 6.0 6.3 0.00 2 55% 3% 6.5 6.8 0.06 3 60% 3% 7.0 7.3 0.12 4 64% 3% 7.4 7.7 0.18

OFF STATIC PRESSURE

(in.wg)

Table 16B — Power Exhaust Default Set Points (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068)

STAGE OFFSET DIFFERENTIAL OFF VOLTAGE ON VOLTAGE

1 50% 3% 6.0 6.3 0.00 2 55% 3% 6.5 6.8 0.06 3 60% 3% 7.0 7.3 0.12 4 65% 3% 7.5 7.8 0.19 5 70% 3% 8.0 8.3 0.25 6 75% 3% 8.5 8.8 0.31

OFF STATIC PRESSURE

(in.wg)

Table 17 — DIP Switch Configuration

SETTING 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

VAV — Space Sensor

Installed

OPEN VAV

CV — CCN or Sensors

VAV — No Space Sensor

CLOSED CV

LEGEND

CCN — Carrier Comfort Network CV — Constant Volume VAV — Var iable Air Vo lu me

NOTES:

1. The OPEN side of the DIP switch is marked ‘‘OPEN.’’ When the rocker switch is on the ‘‘OPEN’’ side of the switch, the switch is OPEN.

Used

CV — Thermostat

Expansion

Board

Base Control

Board Only

Field Test

OFF

VAV —

Occupied

Heat

Enabled

CV —

Modulated

Powe r

Exhaust

VAV —

Occupied

Heat

Disabled

CV —

Constant

Vol ume

Powe r

Exhaust

2. The configuration of DIP switches 2 and 5 are dependent on

3. When the unit is field-tested (DIP switch 4 to OPEN), the func-

4. Recycle power to unit after modifying DIP switches. This will

Time Guard® Override

Time Guard Override

DIP switch 1. If DIP switch 1 is set to OPEN (VAV operation), then DIP switches 2 and 5 will configure VAV functions.

tion of DIP switch 6 changes and it is used to set the minimum damper position.

allow the unit to access the new configurations and update its tables.

IN CONJUNCTION WITH FIELD TEST

— Set Minimum

Damper Position

OFF

Gas Heat

Electric Heat

Heat Pump

Operation

Air Conditioner

Operation

Table 18 — DIP Switch Factory Settings

UNIT 12345678

48AJ,AW and 48EJ,EW Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Open* Closed

48AK,AY and 48EK,EY Open Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Open Closed

*On 48EJ,EW,AJ,AW units equipped with staged gas option, DIP switch 7 should be closed.

Table 19 — Fan Performance, 48AJ,AK020-030 — Vertical Discharge Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

4,000 394 1.06 416 1.17 481 1.53 538 1.91 590 2.30 637 2.71 680 3.12 721 3.55 5,000 388 1.26 453 1.61 512 1.99 566 2.39 616 2.80 662 3.23 704 3.66 745 4.11 6,000 433 1.80 495 2.18 549 2.58 600 3.00 646 3.43 690 3.87 731 4.32 770 4.79 7,000 484 2.49 540 2.91 591 3.33 637 3.76 681 4.21 722 4.66 761 5.13 799 5.61 8,000 537 3.34 589 3.79 635 4.23 678 4.69 719 5.15 758 5.62 795 6.10 831 6.59

9,000 590 4.35 638 4.83 682 5.31 723 5.78 761 6.26 798 6.75 833 7.24 867 7.75 10,000 645 5.53 690 6.05 731 6.56 769 7.05 805 7.55 840 8.06 873 8.57 905 9.09 11,000 700 6.90 742 7.46 781 7.99 817 8.51 851 9.04 884 9.56 916 10.09 946 10.62 12,000 755 8.46 795 9.05 832 9.61 866 10.17 899 10.71 930 11.26 960 11.81 989 12.36 13,000 811 10.23 849 10.85 884 11.44 917 12.02 948 12.59 978 13.16 1006 13.73 1034 14.30 14,000 868 12.20 904 12.86 937 13.48 968 14.08 998 14.68 1026 15.27 1054 15.86 1081 16.45 15,000 924 14.40 959 15.08 990 15.73 1020 16.37 1049 16.99 1076 17.61 1103 18.22 1128 18.83

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

4,000 759 3.97 795 4.40 829 4.84 862 5.29 893 5.73 923 6.18 952 6.64 980 7.09

5,000 782 4.56 818 5.02 853 5.49 885 5.96 917 6.43 947 6.91 976 7.39 1004 7.88

6,000 807 5.26 843 5.74 876 6.23 909 6.72 940 7.22 970 7.72 999 8.23 1028 8.74

7,000 835 6.09 869 6.59 902 7.09 934 7.60 965 8.12 994 8.64 1023 9.17 1051 9.70

8,000 865 7.09 898 7.60 930 8.12 961 8.64 991 9.17 1020 9.71 1049 10.25 1076 10.80

9,000 899 8.26 931 8.78 962 9.31 992 9.84 1021 10.39 1049 10.94 1076 11.49 1103 12.05 10,000 936 9.61 967 10.15 996 10.69 1025 11.24 1053 11.79 1080 12.35 1107 12.92 1133 13.49 11,000 976 11.16 1005 11.71 1033 12.26 1060 12.82 1087 13.39 1114 13.96 1139 14.54 1165 15.12 12,000 1018 12.91 1045 13.47 1072 14.04 1099 14.61 1125 15.19 1150 15.77 1175 16.36 1199 16.96 13,000 1061 14.87 1088 15.45 1114 16.03 1139 16.62 1164 17.21 1188 17.80 — — — — 14,000 1107 17.05 1132 17.64 1157 18.23 1181 18.84 — — — — — — — — 15,000 1153 19.44 1178 20.05 — — ——————————

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.6

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

1.82.02.22.42.62.83.03.2

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

4,000 1007 7.55 1033 8.02 1058 8.48 1083 8.95

5,000 1032 8.37 1058 8.86 1084 9.36 1109 9.86

6,000 1055 9.25 1081 9.77 1107 10.29 1132 10.82

7,000 1078 10.23 1105 10.77 1131 11.32 1156 11.86

8,000 1103 11.35 1129 11.90 1155 12.47 1180 13.03

9,000 1130 12.62 1155 13.19 1180 13.76 — — 10,000 1158 14.07 1183 14.65 — — — — 11,000 118915.71—————— 12,000 ———————— 13,000 ———————— 14,000 ———————— 15,000 ————————

LEGEND Bhp — Brake Horsepower NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb (entering wet bulb) conditions.

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

3.43.63.84.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

Bhp x 746

Motor Efficiency

Table 20 — Fan Performance, 48AJ,AK035 — Vertical Discharge Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

7,000 433 2.01 488 2.38 539 2.76 587 3.14 633 3.54 677 3.94 719 4.36 759 4.79 8,000 480 2.73 529 3.12 576 3.53 620 3.94 662 4.35 703 4.77 742 5.21 780 5.65

9,000 528 3.59 573 4.01 615 4.44 656 4.88 695 5.32 733 5.76 769 6.21 805 6.67 10,000 577 4.62 618 5.07 657 5.52 695 5.98 731 6.44 766 6.91 800 7.38 834 7.86 11,000 627 5.83 664 6.29 700 6.77 735 7.25 769 7.74 802 8.23 834 8.73 866 9.22 12,000 677 7.22 711 7.70 745 8.20 778 8.71 810 9.22 841 9.73 871 10.25 901 10.77 13,000 728 8.80 760 9.30 791 9.82 822 10.35 852 10.89 881 11.42 910 11.96 938 12.51 14,000 779 10.59 809 11.11 838 11.65 867 12.20 895 12.75 923 13.31 950 13.87 977 14.44 15,000 831 12.60 858 13.13 886 13.68 913 14.25 940 14.83 966 15.41 992 15.99 1017 16.58 16,000 883 14.82 909 15.37 934 15.94 960 16.53 985 17.12 1010 17.72 1034 18.33 1059 18.94 17,000 935 17.28 959 17.85 983 18.43 1007 19.04 1031 19.65 1055 20.27 1078 20.89 1101 21.52 18,000 987 19.98 1010 20.56 1033 21.16 1056 21.78 1078 22.41 1101 23.05 — — — —

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

7,000 797 5.22 834 5.67 869 6.12 902 6.57 934 7.04 965 7.50 995 7.98 1024 8.45

8,000 816 6.10 852 6.56 886 7.03 919 7.50 951 7.99 982 8.47 1011 8.97 1040 9.46

9,000 839 7.14 873 7.61 906 8.10 938 8.59 969 9.08 999 9.59 1028 10.10 1057 10.61 10,000 866 8.35 898 8.84 929 9.33 960 9.84 990 10.35 1019 10.87 1047 11.39 1075 11.92 11,000 897 9.73 927 10.24 956 10.75 985 11.27 1014 11.79 1041 12.33 1069 12.86 1096 13.41 12,000 930 11.29 958 11.82 986 12.35 1014 12.89 1041 13.43 1067 13.97 1093 14.53 1119 15.08 13,000 965 13.05 992 13.60 1019 14.15 1045 14.70 1071 15.26 1096 15.82 1121 16.39 1146 16.96 14,000 1003 15.00 1028 15.57 1054 16.14 1078 16.72 1103 17.29 1127 17.87 1151 18.45 1175 19.04 15,000 1042 17.17 1066 17.76 1090 18.35 1114 18.94 1138 19.54 1161 20.13 1184 20.74 — — 16,000 1082 19.54 1106 20.16 1129 20.77 1151 21.38 1174 22.00 1196 22.61 — — — — 17,000 1124 22.15 1146 22.78 — — —————————— 18,000 ————————————————

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.6

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

1.82.02.22.42.62.83.03.2

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

7,000 1052 8.93 1079 9.42 1105 9.90 1131 10.39

8,000 1068 9.97 1096 10.47 1122 10.98 1148 11.50

9,000 1085 11.13 1112 11.66 1138 12.19 1164 12.72 10,000 1102 12.46 1129 13.00 1155 13.54 1181 14.09 11,000 1122 13.96 1148 14.51 1173 15.07 1198 15.64 12,000 1145 15.65 1170 16.21 1194 16.79 — — 13,000 1170 17.53 1194 18.12 — — — — 14,000 119819.64—————— 15,000 ———————— 16,000 ———————— 17,000 ———————— 18,000 ————————

LEGEND Bhp — Brake Horsepower NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

3.43.63.84.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

Bhp x 746

Motor Efficiency

Table 21 — Fan Performance, 48AJ,AK040,050 — Vertical Discharge Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 512 2.98 560 3.38 604 3.79 647 4.20 688 4.62 728 5.05 766 5.49 803 5.94

9,000 561 3.90 604 4.33 645 4.77 685 5.20 723 5.65 760 6.10 796 6.55 831 7.02 10,000 611 5.00 651 5.45 689 5.91 725 6.37 761 6.84 795 7.31 829 7.79 861 8.27 11,000 662 6.27 699 6.75 734 7.23 768 7.72 801 8.21 833 8.71 865 9.20 895 9.71 12,000 714 7.74 748 8.24 780 8.75 812 9.26 843 9.77 873 10.29 903 10.81 932 11.33 13,000 766 9.41 798 9.93 828 10.46 858 11.00 887 11.54 916 12.08 944 12.62 971 13.16 14,000 819 11.29 848 11.84 877 12.39 905 12.95 932 13.51 959 14.07 986 14.63 1012 15.20 15,000 872 13.40 899 13.96 926 14.54 953 15.11 979 15.70 1004 16.28 1029 16.87 1054 17.46 16,000 925 15.74 951 16.32 976 16.91 1001 17.51 1026 18.12 1050 18.72 1074 19.33 1097 19.94 17,000 979 18.32 1003 18.92 1027 19.53 1051 20.15 1074 20.77 1097 21.40 1120 22.03 1142 22.66 18,000 1032 21.15 1055 21.77 1078 22.40 1100 23.04 1123 23.68 1145 24.33 1166 24.98 1188 25.63 19,000 1086 24.24 1108 24.88 1129 25.52 1151 26.18 1172 26.84 1193 27.51 1214 28.18 1234 28.85 20,000 1140 27.60 1161 28.25 1181 28.92 1202 29.59 1222 30.27 1242 30.95 1262 31.64 1281 32.33

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 839 6.40 874 6.86 907 7.34 940 7.81 971 8.30 1001 8.79 1030 9.29 1059 9.79

9,000 864 7.49 897 7.97 930 8.46 961 8.95 991 9.46 1021 9.97 1050 10.48 1078 11.00 10,000 893 8.76 925 9.26 955 9.76 985 10.27 1014 10.79 1043 11.31 1071 11.84 1098 12.37 11,000 925 10.21 955 10.73 984 11.25 1012 11.77 1040 12.30 1068 12.84 1095 13.38 1121 13.93 12,000 960 11.86 988 12.39 1016 12.93 1043 13.47 1069 14.02 1095 14.57 1121 15.13 1147 15.69 13,000 998 13.71 1024 14.26 1050 14.82 1076 15.38 1101 15.94 1126 16.51 1151 17.08 1175 17.66 14,000 1037 15.77 1062 16.34 1087 16.92 1111 17.49 1136 18.07 1159 18.66 1183 19.25 1206 19.84 15,000 1078 18.05 1102 18.64 1126 19.23 1149 19.83 1172 20.43 1195 21.03 1217 21.64 1239 22.25 16,000 1121 20.55 1143 21.17 1166 21.78 1188 22.40 1210 23.01 1232 23.64 1253 24.26 1275 24.89 17,000 1164 23.29 1186 23.93 1208 24.56 1229 25.20 1250 25.84 1271 26.48 1291 27.12 — — 18,000 1209 26.28 1230 26.93 1250 27.59 1271 28.25 1291 28.91 — — — — — — 19,000 1255 29.52 1275 30.19 1294 30.87 —————————— 20,000 ————————————————

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.6

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

1.82.02.22.42.62.83.03.2

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 1086 10.29 1113 10.80 1139 11.31 1164 11.83

9,000 1105 11.52 1131 12.05 1157 12.58 1183 13.12 10,000 1125 12.91 1151 13.46 1177 14.01 1202 14.56 11,000 1147 14.49 1172 15.05 1197 15.61 1222 16.18 12,000 1172 16.26 1196 16.83 1220 17.41 1244 18.00 13,000 1199 18.24 1223 18.83 1246 19.42 1269 20.02 14,000 1229 20.44 1252 21.04 1274 21.64 1296 22.25 15,000 1261 22.86 1283 23.48 — — — — 16,000 129625.52—————— 17,000 ———————— 18,000 ———————— 19,000 ———————— 20,000 ————————

LEGEND Bhp — Brake Horsepower NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

3.43.63.84.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

Bhp x 746

Motor Efficiency

Table 22 — Fan Performance, 48AJ,AK060 — Vertical Discharge Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

12,000 476 4.33 534 5.04 585 5.78 632 6.56 674 7.39 714 8.24 751 9.12 786 10.02 14,000 536 6.19 588 6.96 636 7.74 680 8.56 720 9.41 758 10.30 793 11.21 827 12.15 15,000 566 7.28 617 8.09 662 8.90 704 9.73 744 10.59 781 11.50 816 12.42 849 13.38 16,000 597 8.48 645 9.34 689 10.17 730 11.02 768 11.90 804 12.82 839 13.76 871 14.73 17,000 628 9.80 674 10.71 717 11.58 756 12.45 793 13.34 829 14.27 862 15.23 894 16.21 18,000 659 11.25 704 12.21 745 13.11 783 14.00 819 14.91 853 15.85 886 16.82 918 17.82 19,000 691 12.82 734 13.84 773 14.77 810 15.69 845 16.62 879 17.58 911 18.56 942 19.57 20,000 723 14.53 764 15.60 802 16.57 838 17.52 872 18.47 905 19.44 936 20.44 966 21.45 21,000 755 16.37 794 17.49 831 18.51 866 19.49 899 20.47 931 21.46 961 22.47 991 23.50 22,000 787 18.35 825 19.53 861 20.59 894 21.60 927 22.61 958 23.62 987 24.64 1016 25.69 23,000 819 20.48 856 21.71 890 22.81 923 23.87 954 24.90 985 25.93 1014 26.97 1042 28.03 24,000 851 22.75 887 24.04 920 25.19 952 26.28 983 27.34 1012 28.40 1041 29.46 1068 30.54 25,000 883 25.17 918 26.52 951 27.72 982 28.84 1011 29.94 1040 31.02 1068 32.11 1095 33.21 26,000 916 27.76 950 29.15 981 30.40 1011 31.57 1040 32.70 1068 33.81 1095 34.92 1122 36.04 27,000 948 30.49 981 31.95 1012 33.24 1041 34.46 1070 35.62 1097 36.76 1123 37.90 1149 39.04

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

12,000 819 10.93 851 11.85 881 12.78 911 13.72 939 14.67 967 15.62 993 16.58 1019 17.54 14,000 859 13.11 890 14.08 920 15.06 948 16.06 976 17.07 1003 18.08 1029 19.11 1054 20.13 15,000 881 14.36 911 15.35 940 16.36 968 17.38 996 18.41 1022 19.45 1048 20.50 1073 21.56 16,000 902 15.72 932 16.73 961 17.76 989 18.80 1016 19.86 1042 20.92 1067 22.00 1092 23.08 17,000 925 17.21 954 18.24 983 19.28 1010 20.34 1036 21.42 1062 22.51 1087 23.60 1112 24.71 18,000 948 18.84 977 19.88 1005 20.94 1032 22.01 1058 23.11 1083 24.21 1108 25.33 1132 26.46 19,000 971 20.60 1000 21.65 1027 22.72 1054 23.81 1080 24.92 1105 26.04 1129 27.18 1153 28.33 20,000 995 22.50 1023 23.57 1050 24.65 1076 25.76 1102 26.88 1126 28.01 1151 29.17 1174 30.33 21,000 1019 24.55 1047 25.63 1073 26.73 1099 27.84 1124 28.97 1149 30.13 1173 31.29 1196 32.47 22,000 1044 26.76 1071 27.84 1097 28.95 1123 30.08 1147 31.22 1172 32.39 1195 33.56 — — 23,000 1069 29.11 1096 30.21 1122 31.33 1147 32.47 1171 33.63 1195 34.80 — — — — 24,000 1095 31.63 1121 32.74 1146 33.87 1171 35.02 1195 36.19 — — — — — — 25,000 1121 34.31 1147 35.44 1171 36.58 1196 37.74 — — — — — — — — 26,000 1147 37.16 1172 38.30 1197 39.46 —————————— 27,000 1174 40.18 1199 41.34 — — ——————————

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.6

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

1.82.02.22.42.62.83.03.2

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

12,000 1045 18.51 1069 19.48 1093 20.45 1117 21.43 14,000 1079 21.17 1103 22.21 1126 23.26 1149 24.31 15,000 1097 22.63 1121 23.70 1144 24.78 1167 25.86 16,000 1116 24.17 1140 25.28 1162 26.38 1185 27.49 17,000 1135 25.83 1159 26.95 1181 28.09 — — 18,000 1156 27.60 1178 28.74 — — — — 19,000 1176 29.48 1199 30.65 — — — — 20,000 119731.50—————— 21,000 ———————— 22,000 ———————— 23,000 ———————— 24,000 ———————— 25,000 ———————— 26,000 ———————— 27,000 ————————

LEGEND Bhp — Brake Horsepower NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

3.43.63.84.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

Bhp x 746

Motor Efficiency

Table 23 — Fan Performance, 48AW,AY020-030 — Horizontal Discharge Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

4,000 394 1.06 424 1.21 488 1.57 544 1.96 595 2.35 642 2.76 685 3.17 725 3.59 5,000 398 1.32 465 1.68 523 2.06 576 2.46 625 2.88 670 3.31 712 3.75 751 4.19 6,000 451 1.90 511 2.29 564 2.70 613 3.12 659 3.55 702 4.00 742 4.45 780 4.92 7,000 506 2.65 560 3.07 609 3.49 654 3.93 697 4.38 737 4.84 776 5.31 813 5.79 8,000 562 3.56 612 4.01 657 4.46 699 4.91 739 5.38 777 5.86 814 6.34 848 6.84

9,000 620 4.65 666 5.13 707 5.60 747 6.08 784 6.57 820 7.06 855 7.56 888 8.07 10,000 679 5.93 721 6.44 760 6.94 797 7.44 832 7.94 866 8.45 898 8.97 930 9.50 11,000 738 7.40 777 7.94 814 8.47 849 9.00 882 9.52 914 10.05 944 10.59 974 11.13 12,000 798 9.09 835 9.66 869 10.22 902 10.77 933 11.32 963 11.86 993 12.42 1021 12.98 13,000 859 11.01 893 11.60 925 12.18 956 12.75 986 13.33 1015 13.90 1042 14.47 1070 15.04 14,000 920 13.14 952 13.76 982 14.37 1011 14.97 1040 15.56 1067 16.16 1094 16.75 1120 17.34 15,000 981 15.52 1011 16.17 1040 16.80 1068 17.42 1095 18.04 1121 18.65 1146 19.27 1171 19.88

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

4,000 763 4.01 799 4.44 833 4.87 865 5.31 896 5.75 926 6.20 955 6.64 983 7.09

5,000 789 4.64 824 5.10 858 5.56 891 6.03 922 6.50 952 6.98 981 7.46 1009 7.94

6,000 817 5.39 851 5.87 885 6.36 917 6.85 948 7.34 978 7.85 1006 8.35 1034 8.86

7,000 848 6.28 881 6.78 914 7.29 945 7.80 975 8.31 1005 8.84 1033 9.36 1061 9.89

8,000 882 7.35 914 7.86 946 8.38 976 8.90 1005 9.44 1034 9.98 1062 10.52 1089 11.07

9,000 920 8.59 951 9.12 981 9.65 1010 10.19 1038 10.74 1066 11.29 1093 11.85 1119 12.41 10,000 960 10.03 990 10.57 1019 11.12 1047 11.67 1074 12.23 1101 12.79 1127 13.37 1152 13.94 11,000 1003 11.68 1032 12.23 1059 12.79 1086 13.36 1113 13.93 1138 14.51 1163 15.09 1188 15.68 12,000 1049 13.54 1076 14.11 1102 14.68 1128 15.26 1153 15.85 1178 16.43 — — — — 13,000 1096 15.63 1122 16.21 1147 16.80 1172 17.39 1196 17.99 — — — — — — 14,000 1145 17.94 1170 18.54 1194 19.15 —————————— 15,000 119520.50——————————————

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.6

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

1.82.02.22.42.62.83.03.2

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

4,000 1010 7.55 1036 8.00 1061 8.46 1086 8.92

5,000 1036 8.42 1062 8.91 1088 9.40 1113 9.89

6,000 1061 9.37 1088 9.88 1113 10.40 1138 10.92

7,000 1087 10.42 1114 10.96 1139 11.50 1164 12.05

8,000 1115 11.62 1141 12.18 1166 12.74 1191 13.30

9,000 1145 12.98 1170 13.55 1195 14.13 — — 10,000 117714.52—————— 11,000 ———————— 12,000 ———————— 13,000 ———————— 14,000 ———————— 15,000 ————————

LEGEND Bhp — Brake Horsepower NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

3.43.63.84.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

Bhp x 746

Motor Efficiency

Table 24 — Fan Performance, 48AW,AY035 — Horizontal Discharge Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

7,000 455 2.15 508 2.52 558 2.90 605 3.29 650 3.69 693 4.10 734 4.52 774 4.95 8,000 505 2.92 553 3.32 598 3.73 641 4.14 682 4.56 722 4.99 761 5.43 798 5.87

9,000 556 3.85 599 4.28 641 4.72 680 5.15 719 5.60 756 6.04 792 6.50 827 6.96 10,000 608 4.96 648 5.42 686 5.87 723 6.34 758 6.81 793 7.28 826 7.75 859 8.24 11,000 661 6.26 698 6.74 733 7.22 767 7.71 800 8.20 832 8.70 864 9.19 895 9.70 12,000 715 7.76 749 8.25 781 8.76 813 9.27 844 9.79 874 10.31 904 10.83 933 11.35 13,000 769 9.46 800 9.98 831 10.51 861 11.05 890 11.59 918 12.13 946 12.67 974 13.22 14,000 824 11.39 853 11.92 881 12.48 909 13.03 937 13.60 964 14.16 990 14.73 1016 15.30 15,000 879 13.54 906 14.10 933 14.67 959 15.25 985 15.84 1010 16.42 1035 17.01 1060 17.60 16,000 934 15.94 959 16.52 984 17.11 1009 17.70 1034 18.31 1058 18.92 1082 19.53 1105 20.14 17,000 989 18.58 1013 19.18 1037 19.79 1060 20.41 1084 21.03 1107 21.66 1129 22.29 1151 22.92 18,000 1044 21.49 1067 22.10 1090 22.73 1112 23.37 — — — — — — — —

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

7,000 811 5.39 847 5.83 882 6.29 915 6.75 947 7.21 977 7.68 1007 8.15 1035 8.63

8,000 834 6.33 869 6.79 902 7.26 935 7.74 966 8.22 997 8.71 1026 9.21 1055 9.71

9,000 861 7.44 894 7.92 926 8.40 957 8.90 988 9.40 1017 9.90 1046 10.42 1075 10.94 10,000 891 8.73 922 9.22 953 9.72 983 10.23 1012 10.75 1041 11.27 1069 11.80 1096 12.33 11,000 925 10.20 954 10.72 983 11.24 1012 11.76 1040 12.29 1067 12.83 1094 13.37 1120 13.92 12,000 961 11.88 989 12.41 1017 12.95 1044 13.49 1070 14.04 1096 14.59 1122 15.15 1147 15.71 13,000 1000 13.76 1027 14.32 1053 14.87 1078 15.43 1104 16.00 1129 16.57 1153 17.14 1177 17.72 14,000 1041 15.86 1066 16.44 1091 17.01 1116 17.59 1140 18.18 1163 18.76 1187 19.35 — — 15,000 1084 18.19 1108 18.79 1131 19.38 1155 19.98 1178 20.58 — — — — — — 16,000 1128 20.75 1151 21.37 1173 21.98 1196 22.60 — — — — — — — — 17,000 ———————————————— 18,000 ————————————————

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.6

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

1.82.02.22.42.62.83.03.2

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

7,000 1063 9.11 1090 9.60 1115 10.09 1141 10.58

8,000 1082 10.21 1109 10.72 1135 11.23 1161 11.75

9,000 1102 11.46 1129 11.99 1155 12.52 1180 13.05 10,000 1123 12.87 1149 13.42 1175 13.97 1200 14.52 11,000 1146 14.47 1172 15.03 1197 15.60 — — 12,000 1172 16.28 1197 16.85 — — — — 13,000 ———————— 14,000 ———————— 15,000 ———————— 16,000 ———————— 17,000 ———————— 18,000 ————————

LEGEND Bhp — Brake Horsepower NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

3.43.63.84.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

Bhp x 746

Motor Efficiency

Table 25 — Fan Performance, 48AW,AY040,050 — Horizontal Discharge Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 536 3.18 582 3.58 626 3.99 668 4.41 708 4.83 747 5.27 785 5.71 821 6.16

9,000 588 4.17 630 4.60 670 5.04 709 5.48 746 5.93 782 6.38 818 6.84 852 7.31 10,000 642 5.35 680 5.80 717 6.27 753 6.73 787 7.20 821 7.68 854 8.16 886 8.65 11,000 696 6.72 732 7.20 766 7.69 799 8.18 831 8.67 863 9.17 893 9.68 923 10.18 12,000 751 8.29 784 8.80 816 9.32 847 9.83 877 10.35 906 10.87 935 11.40 964 11.92 13,000 807 10.09 837 10.62 867 11.16 896 11.70 924 12.24 952 12.78 979 13.33 1006 13.88 14,000 863 12.12 891 12.67 919 13.23 946 13.79 973 14.36 999 14.92 1025 15.49 1050 16.06 15,000 919 14.38 946 14.96 972 15.54 997 16.12 1023 16.71 1047 17.30 1072 17.89 1096 18.48 16,000 975 16.90 1000 17.49 1025 18.09 1049 18.70 1073 19.31 1097 19.92 1120 20.53 1143 21.15 17,000 1032 19.67 1056 20.29 1079 20.91 1102 21.54 1125 22.17 1147 22.80 1169 23.44 1191 24.07 18,000 1089 22.71 1111 23.35 1134 23.99 1155 24.64 1177 25.29 1198 25.95 1219 26.60 1240 27.26 19,000 1146 26.04 1167 26.69 1188 27.35 1209 28.02 1230 28.69 1250 29.37 1270 30.04 1290 30.72 20,000 1203 29.65 1224 30.32 1244 31.00 1263 31.69 1283 32.38 — — — — — —

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 857 6.63 891 7.09 923 7.57 955 8.05 986 8.54 1016 9.03 1045 9.53 1073 10.03

9,000 885 7.79 918 8.28 949 8.77 980 9.27 1010 9.77 1039 10.28 1067 10.80 1095 11.32 10,000 917 9.14 948 9.65 978 10.15 1008 10.67 1036 11.19 1064 11.72 1092 12.25 1119 12.79 11,000 953 10.70 982 11.21 1010 11.74 1038 12.27 1066 12.81 1093 13.35 1119 13.90 1145 14.45 12,000 991 12.46 1019 12.99 1046 13.53 1072 14.08 1098 14.63 1124 15.19 1149 15.76 1174 16.32 13,000 1032 14.43 1058 14.99 1084 15.55 1109 16.11 1134 16.68 1158 17.26 1182 17.84 1206 18.42 14,000 1075 16.64 1100 17.21 1124 17.79 1148 18.38 1171 18.97 1195 19.55 1218 20.15 1241 20.75 15,000 1120 19.08 1143 19.68 1166 20.27 1189 20.88 1211 21.49 1234 22.09 1256 22.71 1277 23.32 16,000 1165 21.76 1188 22.38 1210 23.00 1231 23.62 1253 24.25 1274 24.88 1295 25.51 — — 17,000 1213 24.71 1234 25.35 1255 25.99 1276 26.63 1296 27.27 — — — — — — 18,000 1261 27.92 1281 28.58 — — —————————— 19,000 ———————————————— 20,000 ————————————————

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.6

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

1.82.02.22.42.62.83.03.2

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 1100 10.54 1126 11.05 1152 11.56 1177 12.08

9,000 1122 11.85 1148 12.38 1174 12.91 1199 13.45 10,000 1145 13.33 1171 13.88 1196 14.43 1221 14.99 11,000 1171 15.01 1196 15.57 1220 16.14 1245 16.72 12,000 1199 16.90 1223 17.48 1247 18.06 1270 18.65 13,000 1230 19.01 1253 19.60 1276 20.20 1299 20.80 14,000 1263 21.35 1285 21.96 — — — — 15,000 129923.94—————— 16,000 ———————— 17,000 ———————— 18,000 ———————— 19,000 ———————— 20,000 ————————

LEGEND Bhp — Brake Horsepower NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

3.43.63.84.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

Bhp x 746

Motor Efficiency

Table 26 — Fan Performance, 48AW,AY060 — Horizontal Discharge Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

12,000 516 4.81 569 5.54 617 6.30 660 7.10 701 7.93 739 8.79 774 9.68 808 10.59 14,000 584 6.90 632 7.69 676 8.50 716 9.33 754 10.20 790 11.10 824 12.02 857 12.97 15,000 619 8.13 664 8.96 706 9.79 745 10.65 782 11.53 817 12.44 850 13.38 882 14.35 16,000 654 9.49 697 10.36 737 11.22 775 12.10 811 13.00 845 13.93 877 14.88 908 15.86 17,000 689 10.99 730 11.90 769 12.79 806 13.69 840 14.61 873 15.56 904 16.53 935 17.52 18,000 725 12.64 764 13.58 801 14.51 837 15.43 870 16.38 902 17.34 933 18.32 962 19.33 19,000 760 14.43 798 15.41 834 16.37 868 17.32 900 18.29 932 19.27 961 20.27 990 21.29 20,000 796 16.37 833 17.39 867 18.39 900 19.37 931 20.36 962 21.36 991 22.38 1019 23.42 21,000 832 18.47 867 19.54 901 20.56 932 21.57 963 22.59 992 23.61 1020 24.65 1048 25.71 22,000 869 20.74 902 21.84 934 22.90 965 23.94 995 24.98 1023 26.03 1051 27.09 1077 28.17 23,000 905 23.17 937 24.31 968 25.40 998 26.48 1027 27.55 1055 28.62 1081 29.70 1107 30.79 24,000 942 25.78 973 26.95 1003 28.08 1032 29.18 1059 30.28 1086 31.38 1113 32.48 1138 33.59 25,000 978 28.56 1008 29.77 1037 30.93 1065 32.07 1092 33.20 1119 34.32 1144 35.44 1169 36.58 26,000 1015 31.52 1044 32.76 1072 33.96 1099 35.13 1125 36.29 1151 37.44 1176 38.59 — — 27,000 1052 34.66 1080 35.94 1107 37.18 1133 38.38 1159 39.57 1184 40.75 — — — —

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

12,000 841 11.52 872 12.46 901 13.42 930 14.38 958 15.36 985 16.34 1011 17.33 1036 18.33 14,000 888 13.94 917 14.92 946 15.92 974 16.94 1001 17.97 1027 19.01 1052 20.06 1077 21.12 15,000 912 15.33 941 16.34 970 17.36 997 18.40 1024 19.45 1049 20.51 1074 21.58 1099 22.67 16,000 938 16.86 966 17.88 994 18.93 1021 19.98 1047 21.05 1072 22.14 1097 23.23 1121 24.34 17,000 964 18.54 992 19.58 1019 20.63 1045 21.70 1071 22.79 1096 23.89 1120 25.01 1144 26.13 18,000 990 20.36 1018 21.41 1045 22.48 1070 23.57 1096 24.67 1120 25.79 1144 26.93 1167 28.07 19,000 1018 22.34 1045 23.40 1071 24.49 1096 25.59 1121 26.71 1145 27.84 1169 28.99 1192 30.16 20,000 1046 24.48 1072 25.56 1098 26.66 1123 27.77 1147 28.90 1171 30.05 1194 31.21 — — 21,000 1074 26.78 1100 27.87 1125 28.99 1150 30.12 1173 31.26 1197 32.42 — — — — 22,000 1103 29.26 1129 30.36 1153 31.49 1177 32.63 — — — — — — — — 23,000 1133 31.90 1157 33.02 1181 34.16 —————————— 24,000 1163 34.72 1187 35.86 — — —————————— 25,000 119337.72—————————————— 26,000 ———————————————— 27,000 ————————————————

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.6

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

1.82.02.22.42.62.83.03.2

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

12,000 1061 19.33 1085 20.34 1108 21.35 1131 22.36 14,000 1101 22.18 1125 23.25 1148 24.33 1170 25.42 15,000 1122 23.76 1146 24.86 1168 25.97 1191 27.08 16,000 1144 25.45 1167 26.58 1190 27.71 — — 17,000 1167 27.27 1190 28.42 — — — — 18,000 119029.23—————— 19,000 ———————— 20,000 ———————— 21,000 ———————— 22,000 ———————— 23,000 ———————— 24,000 ———————— 25,000 ———————— 26,000 ———————— 27,000 ————————

LEGEND Bhp — Brake Horsepower NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

3.43.63.84.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

Bhp x 746

Motor Efficiency

Table 27 — Fan Performance, 48EJ,EK024,034 — Vertical Discharge Units

(For EW,EY units, reduce net available external static pressure by 0.3 in. wg)

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

4,000 340 0.83 416 1.17 480 1.52 537 1.90 588 2.29 635 2.69 679 3.11 720 3.53 5,000 384 1.25 453 1.61 513 1.99 566 2.39 615 2.79 660 3.21 703 3.64 742 4.08 6,000 432 1.79 495 2.19 550 2.59 600 3.01 647 3.43 690 3.87 730 4.31 769 4.77 7,000 483 2.48 540 2.91 591 3.33 638 3.77 682 4.22 723 4.67 762 5.14 799 5.61 8,000 536 3.33 588 3.78 635 4.23 679 4.69 720 5.16 759 5.64 797 6.12 832 6.61 8,250 549 3.57 600 4.02 646 4.48 690 4.95 730 5.42 769 5.90 806 6.39 841 6.88

9,000 590 4.34 637 4.82 681 5.30 722 5.78 762 6.27 799 6.77 834 7.27 868 7.77 10,000 645 5.54 689 6.04 729 6.54 768 7.04 805 7.56 840 8.07 874 8.59 906 9.12 11,000 701 6.92 741 7.44 779 7.96 816 8.49 850 9.03 884 9.56 916 10.10 947 10.65 12,000 757 8.49 795 9.04 830 9.59 865 10.14 898 10.69 929 11.25 960 11.81 990 12.37 12,500 786 9.36 822 9.92 856 10.47 890 11.03 922 11.60 953 12.16 983 12.73 1012 13.31 13,000 814 10.28 849 10.84 883 11.41 915 11.98 946 12.56 976 13.13 1006 13.71 1034 14.30 13,750 857 11.75 890 12.34 922 12.92 953 13.51 983 14.10 1012 14.69 1041 15.28 1068 15.88 14,000 871 12.27 904 12.86 936 13.45 966 14.05 996 14.64 1025 15.23 1053 15.83 1080 16.43 15,000 929 14.50 960 15.10 990 15.71 1019 16.33 1047 16.94 1074 17.55 1101 18.17 1127 18.79

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

4,000 759 3.97 796 4.42 831 4.87 865 5.34 897 5.81 929 6.30 959 6.79 988 7.28

5,000 780 4.53 816 4.99 851 5.45 884 5.93 916 6.41 946 6.90 976 7.40 1005 7.91

6,000 805 5.23 840 5.70 874 6.18 906 6.67 937 7.16 968 7.66 997 8.17 1025 8.69

7,000 834 6.09 868 6.57 901 7.07 932 7.56 962 8.07 992 8.58 1020 9.10 1048 9.63

8,000 866 7.10 899 7.60 930 8.11 961 8.62 990 9.14 1019 9.67 1047 10.20 1074 10.74

8,250 874 7.38 907 7.89 938 8.40 968 8.92 998 9.44 1026 9.97 1054 10.50 1081 11.04

9,000 901 8.29 932 8.80 963 9.33 992 9.86 1021 10.39 1049 10.93 1076 11.48 1102 12.03 10,000 938 9.65 968 10.18 997 10.72 1026 11.27 1054 11.82 1081 12.37 1107 12.93 1133 13.49 11,000 977 11.19 1006 11.75 1035 12.30 1062 12.87 1089 13.43 1115 14.00 1141 14.57 1166 15.15 12,000 1019 12.94 1047 13.51 1074 14.08 1100 14.66 1126 15.24 1152 15.83 1177 16.42 1201 17.01 12,500 1040 13.88 1067 14.46 1094 15.05 1120 15.63 1146 16.22 1171 16.82 1195 17.41 — — 13,000 1062 14.88 1089 15.47 1115 16.06 1140 16.66 1166 17.25 1190 17.86 — — — — 13,750 1095 16.48 1121 17.08 1147 17.68 1172 18.29 1196 18.90 — — — — — — 14,000 1106 17.04 1132 17.64 1157 18.25 1182 18.86 — — — — — — — — 15,000 1152 19.41 1177 20.04 1200 20.66 ——————————

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

4,000 1017 7.79 1045 8.30 1072 8.82

5,000 1033 8.42 1061 8.94 1087 9.46

6,000 1053 9.21 1080 9.73 1106 10.27

7,000 1075 10.16 1102 10.69 1127 11.24

8,000 1100 11.28 1126 11.83 1151 12.38

8,250 1107 11.59 1133 12.14 1158 12.69

9,000 1128 12.58 1153 13.14 1178 13.70 10,000 1158 14.06 1183 14.63 — — 11,000 1190 15.74 ———— 12,000 —————— 12,500 —————— 13,000 —————— 13,750 —————— 14,000 —————— 15,000 ——————

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.6

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

1.82.02.22.42.62.83.03.2

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

3.4 3.6 3.8

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

LEGEND Bhp — Brake Horsepower NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

Bhp x 746

Motor Efficiency

Table 28 — Fan Performance, 48EJ,EK038,044 — Vertical Discharge Units

(For EW,EY units, reduce net available external static pressure by 0.5 in. wg)

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

7,000 429 1.70 484 2.40 536 2.70 584 3.10 630 3.50 674 3.90 716 4.30 756 4.80 8,000 475 2.36 525 3.09 571 3.49 616 3.90 658 4.31 699 4.74 738 5.17 776 5.61

9,000 523 3.11 567 3.97 610 4.39 651 4.82 690 5.26 728 5.71 765 6.16 801 6.62 10,000 571 4.00 612 5.01 651 5.46 689 5.91 725 6.37 761 6.84 795 7.31 829 7.79 11,000 620 5.04 658 6.22 694 6.69 729 7.17 763 7.65 796 8.14 829 8.64 860 9.14 12,000 670 6.24 705 7.61 738 8.10 771 8.60 803 9.11 834 9.62 865 10.13 894 10.65 13,000 720 7.61 752 9.19 784 9.70 814 10.23 844 10.75 874 11.29 902 11.82 931 12.36 14,000 771 9.15 801 10.97 830 11.51 859 12.05 887 12.60 915 13.15 942 13.71 969 14.27 15,000 822 10.88 850 12.95 877 13.52 904 14.08 931 14.65 957 15.22 983 15.80 1008 16.38 16,000 873 12.80 899 15.16 925 15.74 951 16.33 976 16.92 1001 17.51 1025 18.11 1049 18.71 17,000 924 14.91 949 17.59 974 18.20 998 18.80 1022 19.41 1045 20.03 1069 20.64 1092 21.26 18,000 976 17.24 999 20.26 1023 20.88 1046 21.51 1068 22.14 1091 22.77 1113 23.41 1135 24.05 19,000 1027 19.77 1050 23.17 1072 23.82 1094 24.46 1115 25.11 1137 25.76 1158 26.42 1179 27.07 20,000 1079 22.53 1100 26.33 1122 27.00 1142 27.66 1163 28.33 1183 29.00 — — — —

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

7,000 794 5.20 832 5.62 868 6.06 903 6.52 937 6.98 971 7.44 1003 7.92 1035 8.40

8,000 813 6.06 848 6.52 883 6.98 916 7.45 949 7.92 981 8.40 1012 8.89 1042 9.38

9,000 835 7.09 869 7.56 902 8.04 934 8.53 965 9.02 995 9.52 1025 10.02 1054 10.53 10,000 862 8.28 893 8.77 925 9.27 955 9.77 985 10.28 1014 10.79 1043 11.31 1071 11.84 11,000 891 9.64 921 10.15 951 10.67 980 11.19 1008 11.71 1036 12.24 1064 12.78 1090 13.32 12,000 924 11.18 952 11.71 980 12.24 1008 12.78 1035 13.32 1062 13.87 1088 14.42 1114 14.98 13,000 958 12.91 986 13.45 1012 14.01 1039 14.56 1064 15.13 1090 15.69 1115 16.26 1140 16.83 14,000 995 14.83 1021 15.40 1046 15.97 1071 16.55 1096 17.13 1120 17.71 1144 18.29 1168 18.89 15,000 1033 16.96 1058 17.55 1082 18.14 1106 18.73 1130 19.33 1153 19.93 1176 20.54 1199 21.14 16,000 1073 19.31 1097 19.92 1120 20.52 1143 21.14 1165 21.75 1188 22.37 — — — — 17,000 1114 21.88 1137 22.51 1159 23.13 1181 23.76 — — — — — — — — 18,000 1156 24.69 1178 25.33 1199 25.98 —————————— 19,000 ———————————————— 20,000 ————————————————

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

7,000 1066 8.88 1096 9.38 1125 9.88

8,000 1072 9.88 1101 10.39 1130 10.90

9,000 1083 11.04 1111 11.56 1139 12.08 10,000 1098 12.37 1125 12.90 1152 13.44 11,000 1117 13.86 1143 14.41 1169 14.96 12,000 1139 15.54 1164 16.11 1189 16.68 13,000 1164 17.41 1188 17.99 — — 14,000 1191 19.48 ———— 15,000 —————— 16,000 —————— 17,000 —————— 18,000 —————— 19,000 —————— 20,000 ——————

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.6

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

1.82.02.22.42.62.83.03.2

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

3.4 3.6 3.8

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

LEGEND Bhp — Brake Horsepower NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

Bhp x 746

Motor Efficiency

Table 29 — Fan Performance, 48EJ,EK048 — Vertical Discharge Units

(For EW,EY units, reduce net available external static pressure by 0.5 in. wg)

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

9,000 528 3.20 572 4.00 615 4.40 656 4.90 695 5.30 733 5.80 769 6.20 805 6.70 10,000 577 4.10 617 5.10 657 5.50 694 6.00 731 6.40 766 6.90 801 7.40 834 7.90 11,000 627 5.10 664 6.30 700 6.80 735 7.30 769 7.70 802 8.20 835 8.70 866 9.20 12,000 677 6.30 711 7.70 745 8.20 778 8.70 809 9.20 841 9.70 871 10.20 901 10.80 13,000 728 7.71 760 9.31 791 9.83 822 10.35 851 10.88 881 11.42 909 11.95 938 12.50 14,000 779 9.28 809 11.11 838 11.65 867 12.20 895 12.75 923 13.31 950 13.87 976 14.43 15,000 830 11.03 858 13.13 886 13.69 913 14.26 939 14.83 966 15.41 991 15.99 1017 16.57 16,000 882 12.97 908 15.36 934 15.95 960 16.54 985 17.13 1010 17.73 1034 18.33 1058 18.93 17,000 934 15.12 959 17.83 983 18.44 1008 19.05 1031 19.66 1055 20.28 1078 20.89 1101 21.52 18,000 986 17.47 1010 20.53 1033 21.16 1056 21.79 1078 22.42 1101 23.06 1123 23.70 1145 24.34 19,000 1038 20.05 1061 23.49 1083 24.13 1105 24.78 1126 25.44 1147 26.09 1169 26.75 1190 27.41 20,000 1091 22.84 1112 26.69 1133 27.36 1154 28.03 1174 28.70 1195 29.37 — — — —

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

9,000 839 7.10 873 7.62 905 8.10 937 8.59 968 9.08 999 9.57 1028 10.08 1057 10.58 10,000 866 8.40 898 8.85 929 9.34 959 9.85 989 10.36 1018 10.87 1047 11.39 1075 11.91 11,000 897 9.70 927 10.24 956 10.76 985 11.28 1013 11.81 1041 12.34 1068 12.87 1095 13.41 12,000 930 11.30 958 11.82 986 12.36 1014 12.90 1041 13.44 1067 13.99 1093 14.54 1119 15.10 13,000 965 13.04 992 13.59 1019 14.15 1045 14.71 1071 15.27 1096 15.84 1121 16.41 1146 16.98 14,000 1002 14.99 1028 15.56 1054 16.14 1079 16.71 1103 17.30 1127 17.88 1151 18.47 1175 19.06 15,000 1041 17.15 1066 17.74 1090 18.34 1114 18.93 1138 19.53 1161 20.13 1184 20.74 — — 16,000 1082 19.52 1105 20.14 1128 20.75 1151 21.37 1174 21.99 1196 22.61 — — — — 17,000 1124 22.14 1146 22.77 1168 23.40 1190 24.03 — — — — — — — — 18,000 1166 24.98 1188 25.63 — — —————————— 19,000 ———————————————— 20,000 ————————————————

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

9,000 1086 11.10 1114 11.61 1141 12.14 10,000 1102 12.44 1129 12.97 1155 13.51 11,000 1122 13.96 1147 14.51 1173 15.06 12,000 1144 15.66 1169 16.23 1194 16.80 13,000 1170 17.56 1194 18.14 — — 14,000 1198 19.66 ———— 15,000 —————— 16,000 —————— 17,000 —————— 18,000 —————— 19,000 —————— 20,000 ——————

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.6

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

1.82.02.22.42.62.83.03.2

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

3.4 3.6 3.8

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

LEGEND Bhp — Brake Horsepower NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

Bhp x 746

Motor Efficiency

Table 30 — Fan Performance, 48EJ,EK054-068 — Vertical Discharge Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

10,000 420 2.89 486 3.60 539 4.27 584 4.93 624 5.59 660 6.25 694 6.91 725 7.57 12,000 473 4.27 537 5.10 589 5.87 633 6.62 673 7.36 709 8.10 742 8.83 773 9.56 15,000 556 7.05 616 8.06 666 8.99 709 9.89 748 10.76 783 11.62 816 12.47 846 13.31 16,000 584 8.18 643 9.25 692 10.24 735 11.19 773 12.11 808 13.01 841 13.90 871 14.78 17,000 612 9.42 670 10.56 718 11.60 760 12.60 799 13.56 833 14.51 866 15.44 896 16.36 18,000 640 10.78 697 11.98 745 13.08 786 14.12 824 15.13 859 16.12 891 17.10 921 18.06 19,000 669 12.26 724 13.51 771 14.67 813 15.77 850 16.83 884 17.86 916 18.87 946 19.88 20,000 698 13.86 752 15.17 798 16.38 839 17.53 876 18.64 910 19.72 942 20.78 972 21.82 21,000 726 15.58 780 16.96 825 18.22 866 19.42 902 20.58 936 21.71 968 22.81 997 23.89 22,000 756 17.44 808 18.87 853 20.19 892 21.45 929 22.65 962 23.82 993 24.97 1023 26.10 23,000 785 19.43 836 20.92 880 22.30 919 23.60 955 24.86 988 26.08 1019 27.27 1049 28.44 24,000 814 21.56 864 23.11 907 24.54 946 25.90 982 27.20 1015 28.47 1045 29.70 1074 30.91 25,000 843 23.83 892 25.44 935 26.92 973 28.33 1008 29.68 1041 31.00 1072 32.28 1100 33.53 26,000 873 26.25 921 27.91 963 29.45 1001 30.91 1035 32.31 1068 33.67 1098 35.00 1127 36.29 27,000 903 28.82 950 30.53 991 32.12 1028 33.63 1062 35.09 1094 36.49 1124 37.86 1153 39.21

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

10,000 755 8.24 783 8.92 809 9.60 835 10.29 859 10.98 883 11.68 905 12.39 927 13.10 12,000 802 10.30 830 11.04 857 11.78 882 12.52 906 13.27 930 14.03 953 14.79 974 15.55 15,000 875 14.15 903 14.99 929 15.83 954 16.67 978 17.51 1002 18.35 1024 19.19 1046 20.04 16,000 900 15.65 927 16.53 954 17.40 979 18.27 1003 19.14 1026 20.01 1048 20.89 1070 21.76 17,000 925 17.27 952 18.18 978 19.09 1003 19.99 1027 20.90 1050 21.80 1072 22.70 1094 23.61 18,000 950 19.01 977 19.95 1003 20.90 1028 21.84 1051 22.77 1075 23.71 1097 24.64 1118 25.58 19,000 975 20.87 1002 21.85 1028 22.83 1052 23.80 1076 24.77 1099 25.74 1121 26.71 1143 27.67 20,000 1000 22.85 1027 23.87 1052 24.89 1077 25.90 1101 26.90 1124 27.90 1146 28.90 1167 29.90 21,000 1025 24.96 1052 26.02 1077 27.07 1102 28.12 1126 29.16 1148 30.19 1170 31.23 1192 32.26 22,000 1051 27.21 1077 28.31 1103 29.40 1127 30.48 1151 31.55 1173 32.62 1195 33.69 — — 23,000 1076 29.59 1103 30.73 1128 31.85 1152 32.97 1176 34.08 1198 35.19 — — — — 24,000 1102 32.11 1128 33.28 1153 34.45 1178 35.61 1201 36.75 — — — — — — 25,000 1128 34.77 1154 35.99 1179 37.19 —————————— 26,000 1154 37.57 1180 38.83 — — —————————— 27,000 118040.53——————————————

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

10,000 949 13.81 970 14.54 990 15.26 12,000 996 16.31 1016 17.09 1037 17.86 15,000 1067 20.88 1088 21.73 1108 22.59 16,000 1091 22.64 1112 23.52 1131 24.40 17,000 1115 24.51 1136 25.42 1156 26.33 18,000 1139 26.51 1160 27.45 1180 28.39 19,000 1164 28.64 1184 29.60 — — 20,000 1188 30.90 ———— 21,000 —————— 22,000 —————— 23,000 —————— 24,000 —————— 25,000 —————— 26,000 —————— 27,000 ——————

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.6

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

1.82.02.22.42.62.83.03.2

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

3.4 3.6 3.8

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

LEGEND Bhp — Brake Horsepower NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on dry coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton in the cooling mode. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb (entering wet bulb) conditions.

Bhp x 746

Motor Efficiency

Table 31 — Fan Performance, 48EW,EY054-068 — Horizontal Discharge Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

10,000 447 2.9 508 3.6 558 4.2 601 4.8 640 5.4 675 6.0 707 6.6 738 7.3 12,000 509 4.4 567 5.1 615 5.8 657 6.5 695 7.2 729 7.9 761 8.6 791 9.3 15,000 606 7.3 659 8.2 704 9.0 744 9.9 780 10.7 813 11.5 844 12.2 874 13.0 16,000 639 8.5 690 9.4 734 10.3 773 11.2 809 12.0 842 12.9 873 13.7 902 14.5 17,000 672 9.8 721 10.8 765 11.7 803 12.6 838 13.5 871 14.4 901 15.3 930 16.1 18,000 705 11.2 753 12.3 795 13.3 833 14.2 868 15.1 900 16.1 930 17.0 959 17.8 19,000 738 12.8 785 13.9 826 14.9 864 15.9 898 16.9 929 17.8 959 18.8 987 19.7 20,000 772 14.5 817 15.6 858 16.7 894 17.7 928 18.8 959 19.7 989 20.7 1016 21.7 21,000 806 16.3 850 17.5 889 18.6 925 19.7 958 20.8 989 21.8 1018 22.8 1046 23.8 22,000 840 18.3 883 19.5 921 20.7 956 21.8 989 22.9 1019 24.0 1048 25.0 1075 26.1 23,000 874 20.4 915 21.7 953 22.9 987 24.1 1019 25.2 1049 26.3 1078 27.4 1105 28.5 24,000 908 22.7 948 24.0 985 25.3 1019 26.5 1050 27.6 1080 28.8 1108 29.9 1135 31.0 25,000 942 25.1 982 26.5 1018 27.8 1051 29.0 1082 30.2 1111 31.4 1138 32.6 1165 33.7 26,000 976 27.7 1015 29.1 1050 30.4 1083 31.7 1113 33.0 1142 34.2 1169 35.4 1195 36.6 27,000 1011 30.4 1048 31.9 1083 33.2 1115 34.6 1145 35.9 1173 37.1 1200 38.4 — —

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

10,000 766 7.9 794 8.50 820 9.13 844 9.76 868 10.40 891 11.04 914 11.69 935 12.34 12,000 820 9.9 847 10.62 872 11.30 897 11.99 921 12.68 943 13.37 965 14.07 987 14.77 15,000 901 13.8 928 14.59 953 15.36 977 16.14 1001 16.92 1023 17.69 1045 18.47 1066 19.26 16,000 929 15.3 955 16.14 981 16.95 1005 17.75 1028 18.56 1050 19.37 1072 20.18 1093 20.98 17,000 957 17.0 983 17.81 1008 18.65 1032 19.49 1055 20.33 1077 21.16 1099 22.00 1120 22.84 18,000 986 18.7 1011 19.60 1036 20.48 1060 21.35 1083 22.22 1105 23.08 1126 23.95 1147 24.82 19,000 1014 20.6 1040 21.53 1064 22.43 1088 23.34 1110 24.24 1132 25.14 1154 26.03 1174 26.93 20,000 1043 22.6 1068 23.58 1092 24.52 1116 25.46 1138 26.39 1160 27.32 1181 28.25 — — 21,000 1072 24.8 1097 25.78 1121 26.75 1144 27.72 1167 28.68 1188 29.64 — — — — 22,000 1101 27.1 1126 28.11 1150 29.12 1173 30.12 1195 31.11 — — — — — — 23,000 1130 29.5 1155 30.58 1179 31.62 —————————— 24,000 1160 32.1 1184 33.20 — — —————————— 25,000 119034.9—————————————— 26,000 ———————————————— 27,000 ————————————————

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

10,000 956 12.99 976 13.66 996 14.32 12,000 1008 15.48 1028 16.19 1047 16.90 15,000 1087 20.04 1106 20.82 1126 21.61 16,000 1113 21.80 1133 22.61 1152 23.42 17,000 1140 23.68 1160 24.52 1179 25.36 18,000 1167 25.68 1187 26.55 — — 19,000 1195 27.82 ———— 20,000 —————— 21,000 —————— 22,000 —————— 23,000 —————— 24,000 —————— 25,000 —————— 26,000 —————— 27,000 ——————

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.6

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

1.82.02.22.42.62.83.03.2

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

3.4 3.6 3.8

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

LEGEND Bhp — Brake Horsepower NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on dry coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

Bhp x 746

Motor Efficiency

Table 32A — Fan Performance — Power Exhaust, 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

6,500 0.32 2.82 3160 0.70 2.98 3340 — — — — — — — — — — — — 6,700 0.23 2.87 3220 0.63 3.03 3400 0.60 3.01 3380 0.82 3.23 3620 — — — — — — 6,900 0.17 2.92 3270 0.59 3.09 3460 0.55 3.07 3440 0.78 3.28 3680 — — — — — — 7,100 0.13 2.93 3290 0.56 3.11 3490 0.49 3.12 3500 0.73 3.34 3740 — — — — — — 7,300 0.09 2.97 3330 0.53 3.15 3530 0.43 3.18 3560 0.68 3.39 3800 — — — — — — 7,500 — — — 0.51 3.19 3580 0.39 3.24 3630 0.64 3.44 3860 — — — — — — 7,700 — — — 0.48 3.23 3620 0.33 3.27 3670 0.59 3.48 3900 0.60 3.69 4140 0.73 3.98 4460 7,900 — — — 0.45 3.27 3670 0.27 3.32 3720 0.54 3.52 3950 0.56 3.74 4190 0.69 4.02 4510 8,100 — — — 0.40 3.33 3730 0.22 3.36 3770 0.49 3.57 4000 0.51 3.78 4240 0.65 4.07 4560 8,500 — — — — — — 0.17 3.47 3890 0.40 3.67 4120 0.41 3.83 4290 0.56 4.12 4620 8,900 — — — — — — 0.00 3.58 4010 0.30 3.77 4230 0.31 3.93 4410 0.47 4.23 4740 9,300 — — — — — — — — — 0.22 3.87 4340 0.20 4.07 4560 0.37 4.37 4900

9,700 — — — — — — — — — 0.16 3.95 4430 0.11 4.17 4670 0.30 4.47 5010 10,100 — — — — — — — — — 0.12 4.03 4520 0.04 4.25 4770 0.23 4.56 5110 10,500 ———————————————0.174.665220 10,900 ———————————————0.124.755330 11,300 ———————————————0.074.805380 11,700 ———————————————0.044.835420

LEGEND

Bhp — Brake Horsepower ESP — External Static Pressure (in. wg) Watts — Input Watts to Motor

ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts

LOW SPEED MEDIUM SPEED HIGH SPEED

208 v 230, 460, 575 v 208 v 230, 460, 575 v 208 v 230, 460, 575 v

Table 32B — Fan Performance — Power Exhaust, 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

9,750 0.32 4.23 4740 0.70 4.47 5010 — — — — — — — — — — — — — 10,050 0.23 4.31 4830 0.63 4.55 5100 0.60 4.52 5070 0.82 4.84 5430 — — — — — — 10,350 0.17 4.37 4905 0.59 4.63 5190 0.55 4.60 5160 0.78 4.92 5520 — — — — — — 10,650 0.13 4.40 4935 0.56 4.67 5235 0.49 4.68 5250 0.73 5.00 5610 — — — — — — 10,950 0.09 4.46 4995 0.53 4.72 5295 0.43 4.76 5340 0.68 5.08 5700 — — — — — — 11,250 — — — 0.51 4.79 5370 0.39 4.86 5445 0.64 5.16 5790 — — — — — — 11,550 — — — 0.48 4.84 5430 0.33 4.91 5505 0.59 5.22 5850 0.60 5.54 6210 0.73 5.97 6690 11,850 — — — 0.45 4.91 5505 0.27 4.98 5580 0.54 5.28 5925 0.56 5.61 6285 0.69 6.03 6765 12,150 — — — 0.40 4.99 5595 0.22 5.04 5655 0.49 5.35 6000 0.51 5.67 6360 0.65 6.10 6840 12,750 — — — — — — 0.17 5.20 5835 0.40 5.51 6180 0.41 5.74 6435 0.56 6.18 6930 13,350 — — — — — — 0.00 5.36 6015 0.30 5.66 6345 0.31 5.90 6615 0.47 6.34 7110 13,950 — — — — — — — — — 0.22 5.81 6510 0.20 6.10 6840 0.37 6.56 7350 14,550 — — — — — — — — — 0.16 5.93 6645 0.11 6.25 7005 0.30 6.70 7515 15,150 — — — — — — — — — 0.12 6.05 6780 0.04 6.38 7155 0.23 6.84 7665 15,750 ———————————————0.176.987830 16,350 ———————————————0.127.137995 16,950 ———————————————0.077.208070 17,550 ———————————————0.047.258130

LEGEND

Bhp — Brake Horsepower ESP — External Static Pressure (in. wg) Watts — Input Watts to Motor

ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts

LOW SPEED MEDIUM SPEED HIGH SPEED

208 v 230, 460, 575 v 208 v 230, 460, 575 v 208 v 230, 460, 575 v

Table 33 — Motor Limitations

STANDARD EFFICIENCY MOTORS

Nominal Bhp Maximum Bhp

5 5.9 14.6 7.9 6.0 5,030 87.5

7.5

40 42.0 110.0 55.0 48.8 33,690 93.0

Nominal Bhp Maximum Bhp

5 5.9 15.8 7.9 4,918 89.5

7.5

40 42.0 110.0 55.0 33,156 94.5

LEGEND Bhp — Brake Horsepower NOTES:

1. Extensive motor and electrical testing on the Carrier units has ensured that the full horsepower range of the motor can be utilized with confidence. Using your fan motors up to the

8.7 22.0 — — 7,717 84.1

9.5 — 12.0 10.0 8,008 88.5

10.2 28.0 — — 8,502 89.5

11.8 — 14.6 12.0 9,836 89.5

15.3 43.8 — — 12,543 91.0

18.0 — 21.9 19.0 14,756 91.0

22.4 62.0 — — 18,363 91.0

23.4 — 28.7 23.0 19,183 91.0

28.9 72.0 — — 23,511 91.7

29.4 — 37.4 31.0 23,918 91.7

35.6 95.0 — — 28,742 92.4

34.7 — 48.0 47.0 28,015 92.4

HIGH EFFICIENCY MOTORS

8.7 22.0 — 7,078 91.7

9.5 — 12.0 7,728 91.7

10.2 28.0 — 8,298 91.7

11.8 — 15.0 9,600 91.7

15.3 43.8 — 12,273 93.0

18.0 21.9 14,439 93.0

22.4 58.2 — 17,853 93.6

23.4 — 28.7 18,650 93.6

28.9 73.0 — 23,034 93.6

29.4 — 36.3 23,432 93.6

35.6 82.6 — 28,374 93.6

34.7 — 41.7 27,656 93.6

Table 34 — Air Quality Limits

Maximum Amps

230 v 460 v 575 v

Maximum Amps

230 v 460 v

horsepower ratings shown in the Motor Limitations table will not result in nuisance tripping or premature motor failure. Unit warranty will not be affected.

2. All motors comply with Energy Policy Act (EPACT) Standards effective October 24, 1997.

Maximum

Watts

Maximum

Watts

Maximum Efficiency

Maximum

Efficiency

UNIT

48AJ,AK,AW,A

Y 020 024 5,900 6,100 4,000 6,000 10,000 025 028 5,900 6,100 5,000 7,500 12,500 027 030 5,900 6,100 5,400 8,100 13,500 030 034 5,900 6,100 6,000 9,000 15,000 035 038 7,600 10,100 7,000 10,500 17,500 040 044 7,600 10,100 8,000 12,000 20,000

— 048 7,600 10,100 9,000 13,500 22,500

050 — 7,600 10,100 10,000 15,000 22,500

— 054 11,000 14,700 10,000 15,000 25,000 — 058 11,000 14,700 11,000 16,500 27,000

060 064 11,000 14,700 12,000 18,000 27,000

— 068 11,000 14,700 13,000 19,500 27,000

LEGEND NOTE: Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton in

CV — Constant Volume edb — Entering Dry Bulb ewb — Entering Wet Bulb VAV — Variable Air Volume

UNIT

48EJ,EK,EW,EY

MINIMUM HEATING

AIRFLOW

(Low Heat)

MINIMUM HEATING

AIRFLOW

(High Heat)

MINIMUM COOLING

AIRFLOW (VAV)

AT FULL LOAD OPERATION

Cooling mode. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited to edb and ewb conditions.

MINIMUM COOLING

AIRFLOW

(CV

MAXIMUM

AIRFLOW

Return-Air Filters — Check that correct filters are in-

stalled in filter tracks (see Tables 1A and 1B). Do not operate unit without return-air filters.

Filter Replacement — To replace filters, open filter ac-

cess door (marked with label). Remove inner access panel. Remove plastic filter retainer in between filter tracks by sliding and pulling outward. Remove first filter by sliding it out of the opening in filter track. Locate filter removal tool, which is shipped next to the return air dampers. Use the filter removal tool to remove the rest of the filters.

Outdoor-Air Inlet Screens — Outdoor-air inlet screens

must be in place before operating unit.

Economizer Adjustment — Remove filter access

panel. Check that outdoor-air damper is closed and return-air damper is open.

Economizer operation and adjustment are described in Sequence of Operation section on this page; and Step 10 — Make Outdoor Air Inlet Adjustments section on page 48.

Gas Heat — Verify gas pressures before turning on heat as

follows:

1. Turn off field-supplied manual gas stop, located external to unit.

2. Connect pressure gage to supply gas tap, located on fieldsupplied manual shutoff valve (see Fig. 23 on page 29).

3. Connect pressure gage to manifold pressure tap on unit gas valve.

4. Supply gas pressure must not exceed 13.5 in. wg. Check pressure at field-supplied shut-off valve.

5. Turn on manual gas stop and initiate a heating demand. Jumper R to W1 in the control box to initiate heat. On VAV units, the RAT (return-air temperature) must be less than or equal to 68 F for heating to be energized.

6. Use the field test procedure to verify heat operation.

7. After the unit has run for several minutes, verify that incoming pressure is 6.0 in. wg or greater, and that the manifold pressure is 3.5 in. wg. If manifold pressure must be adjusted refer to Gas Valve Adjustment section on page 93.

Sequence of Operation

NOTE: Unit is shipped with default values that can be changed through Service Tool, Building Supervisor, or ComfortWORKS® software or using an accessory Remote Enhanced Display. See Table 35 for default values.

COOLING, CONSTANT VOLUME (CV) UNITS — On power up, the control module will activate the initialization software of the control board. The initialization software then reads DIP switch no. 1 position to determine CV or VAV operation. Next, DIP switch no. 2 is read to determine if the control is thermostat or sensor type operation. If switch 2 is open, then sensors are employed. If switch no. 2 is closed, thermostat is employed. Initialization sequence clears all alarms and alerts, remaps the input/output database for CV operation, sets maximum heat stages to 2, and sets maximum cool stages to 3. The control module reads DIP switch no. 3 and determines if the unit will use expansion board operation.

The first time power is sent to the control board after a power outage, power up takes 5 minutes plus a random 1 to 63 seconds.

The TSTAT function performs a thermostat based control by monitoring Y1, Y2, W1, W2, and G inputs. These functions control stages cool1, cool2, heat1, heat2, and indoor fan, respectively. If TSTAT function is NOT selected, the control determines the occupancy state on the Time Schedules or with remote occupied/unoccupied input. If Temperature Compensated

Start is active, the unit will be controlled as in the Occupied mode. User-defined set points are shown in Table 35.

Table 36 lists the software link points addressable by DataPort™ and DataLINK™, Carrier devices that allow access to unit control by non-Carrier energy management systems (EMS).

The occupied or unoccupied comfort set points must be selected and the space temperature offset input will be used, if present. The Occupied Heat set point default value is 68 F. The Occupied Cool set point default value is 78 F. The Unoccupied Heat set point default value is 55 F. The Unoccupied Cool set point value is 90 F. The control board will set appropriate operating mode and fan control. The control board will turn on indoor fan, if in Occupied mode, or determine if unit is in Unoccupied mode and the space temperature is outside of the unoccupied comfort set points, (Unoccupied Heat or Unoccupied Cool).

The control board will then monitor space temperature against comfort set points and control heating or cooling stages as required. If system is in the Occupied mode, the economizer will operate as required. If the system is in Unoccupied mode, the system will perform nighttime free cool and IAQ (indoor air quality) pre-occupancy purge as required (when functions are enabled via software). Whenever the DX (direct expansion) cooling is requested, the outdoor fan will operate.

The control board will operate economizer, run diagnostics to monitor alarms/alerts at all times, and respond to CCN communications to perform any configured network POC (product outboard control) functions such as time and outdoor-air temperature broadcast and Global occupancy broadcast. When the optional expansion I/O board is employed, it will: perform periodic scan and maintain database of expanded I/O points, perform Fire/Smoke control (power exhaust required); and if in Occupied mode perform IAQ control and monitor fan, filter, demand limit, and field-applied status (with accessories).

If thermostats are used to energize the G input, the control will turn on indoor fan without delay and open economizer dampers to minimum position. If thermostats are used to deenergize the G input, the control board will turn off indoor fan without any delay and close economizer dampers.

When cooling, G must be energized before cooling can operate. The control board determines if outdoor conditions are suitable for economizer cooling using the standard outdoor air thermistor. For economizer to function for free cooling, the enthalpy must be low, the outdoor air must equal to or less than the High Outdoor Air Temperature Lockout (default is 65 F), the SAT (supply-air temperature) thermistor is NOT in alarm, and outdoor air reading is available. When these conditions are satisfied, the control board will use economizer as the first stage of cooling.

When Y1 input is energized, the economizer will be modulated to maintain SAT at the defined set point. The default is 55 F. When SAT is above the set point, the economizer will be 100% open. When SAT is below the set point, the economizer will modulate between minimum and 100% open position. When Y2 is energized, the control module will turn on compressor no. 1 and continue to modulate economizer as described above. If the Y2 remains energized and the SAT reading remains above the set point for 15 minutes, compressor no. 2 will turn on. If Y2 is deenergized at any time, only the last stage of compression that was energized will be turned off. If outdoor conditions are not suitable for economizer cooling, the economizer will go to minimum position and cycle compressor no. 1 and 2 based on demand from Y1 and Y2 respectively. The compressors will be locked out when the SAT temperature is too low (less than 40 F for compressor no. 1 and less than 45 F for compressor no. 2.) After a compressor is locked out, it can restart after normal time guard period.

Table 35 — User Defined Set Points

SET POINT

NAME OHSP xx.xF Occupied Heat Set Point 55 to 80 F 68 F OCSP xx.xF Occupied Cool Set Point 55 to 80 F 78 F UHSP xx.xF Unoccupied Heat Set Point 35 to 80 F 55 F UCSP xx.xF Unoccupied Cool Set Point 75 to 110 F 90 F SASP xx.xF Supply Air Set Point 45 to 70 F 55 F OATL xx.xF Hi OAT Lockout Temperature 55 to 75 F 65 F NTLO xx.xF Unoccupied OAT Lockout Temperature 40 to 70 F 50 F RTIO xx.x Reset Ratio 0 to 10 3 LIMT xx.xF Reset Limit 0 to 20° F 10° F MDP xxx% Minimum Damper Position 0 to 100% 20%

LOWMDP xxx%

IAQS xxxx IAQ Set Point 1 to 5000 PPM 650 PPM UHDB xx.xF Unoccupied Heating Deadband 0 to 10° F 1° F UCDB xx.xF Unoccupied Cooling Deadband 0 to 10° F 1° F LTMP xxx% Low Temp. Min. Position 0 to 100% 10% HTMP xxx% High Temp. Min. Position 0 to 100% 35% PES1 xxx% CV Power Exhaust Stage 1 Point 0 to 100% 25% PES2 xxx% CV Power Exhaust Stage 2 Point 0 to 100% 75%

LEGEND

CV — Constant Volume IAQ — Indoor Air Quality OAT — Outdoor-Air Temperature

FORMAT DESCRIPTION LIMITS DEFAULT

Low Temperature Minimum Damper Position Override

0 to 100% 100%

Table 36 — Software Control Link Points

SET POINT DESCRIPTION SET POINT DESCRIPTION

CV Data

SPT Space Temperature HS2 Heat Stage 2

SAT Supply-Air Temperature STO Space Temp. Offset RAT Return-Air Temperature CVPE1 CV Power Exhaust Stg 1 OAT Outside-Air Temperature CVPE2 CV Power Exhaust Stg 2

CLSP Control Set Point VAV D at a CCAP Cooling % Total Capacity HIR Heat Interlock Relay HCAP Heating % Total Capacity SPTRESET Space Temp. Reset ECOS Economizer Active CMP1 Compressor 1

SFSTAT Supply Fan Status CMP1SAFE Compressor 1 Safety

SF Fan Relay CMP2 Compressor 2

ECONPOS Economizer Position CMP2SAFE Compressor 2 Safety

IQMP Min. Damper Position ULD1 Unloader 1

PEXE Power Exhaust Enable ULD2 Unloader 2

FLTS Filter Status OFC1 Outdoor Fan 1

FAS Field Applied Status OFC2 Outdoor Fan 2

RMTOCC Remote Occupied Mode Y1 Y1 — Call for Cool 1

General Data Y2 Y2 — Call for Cool 2

HS1 Heat Stage 1 W1 W1 — Call for Heat 1

ENTH Enthalpy W2 W2 — Call for Heat 2

IAQI Indoor Air Quality G G — Call for Fan

IAQO Outdoor Air Quality CDEVCODE CONQUEST DEVICE CODE

SATRES SAT Reset CDEVURST CONQUEST UNIT RESET

ALMLIGHT Alarm Warning Light CDEVBCAK CONQUEST BROADCAST ACK

DL Demand Limit Switch PE1 Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 1

EVAC Evacuation PE2 Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 2 PRES Pressurization PE3 Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 3 PURG Smoke Purge PE4 Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 4

FSD Fire Shutdown PE5 Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 5

PE6 Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 6

LEGEND

CV — Constant Volume VAV — Variable Air Volume

The Time Guard® function maintains a minimum off time of 5 minutes, a minimum ON time of 10 seconds, and a minimum delay before starting the second compressor of 10 seconds.

If the compressors have been off for more than 15 minutes and the OAT (outdoor-air temperature) is less than 45 F, then the safeties will be ignored for 5 minutes. At all times, safeties will be used.

Heating and cooling will be mutually locked out on demand on a first call basis. The heating and the cooling functions cannot be operating simultaneously.

COOLING, VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) UNITS — On power up, the control module will activate the initialization software of the control board. The initialization software then reads DIP switch no. 1 position to determine CV or VAV operation. Initialization clears all alarms and alerts, re-maps the input/output database for VAV operation, sets maximum heat stages to 1 and sets maximum cool stages to 6. The control module reads DIP switch no. 3 and determines if the unit will use expansion board operation. Power up takes a random time of 1 to 63 seconds plus 5 minutes the first time power is sent to the control board after a power outage.

The control module will determine if an interface (linkage) is active and if the unit will operate in a Digital Air Volume (DAV) mode. In a DAV system, the room terminals are equipped with microprocessor controls that give commands to the base unit module. If an interface is active, the control will replace local comfort set points, space and return air temperatures and occupancy status with the linkage data supplied.

The control module will determine occupancy status from Time Schedules (if programmed), Remote Occupied/Unoccupied input, global occupancy, or DAV. If Temperature Compensated Start is active, the unit will be controlled as in the Occupied mode.

NOTE: The temperature compensated start is a period of time calculated to bring the unit on while in Unoccupied mode to reach the occupied set point when occupancy occurs.

The control module will set the appropriate operating mode and fan control. The control module will turn VFD on if Occupied mode is evident.

For units equipped with a start/stop switch only (no space temperature sensor), if in Unoccupied mode and valid returnair temperature reading is available (either from a sensor or DAV), the control will monitor return-air temperature against Unoccupied Heat and Cool set points.

For units with a start/stop switch and a space temperature sensor, the control module will start the VFD whenever SPT is outside of the set points (Unoccupied Heat or Unoccupied Cool). The VFD may also be started by nighttime thermostat via remote Occupied/Unoccupied input or by a Temperature Compensated Start algorithm. When VFD is running in a normal mode, the control will start heating or cooling as required to maintain supply-air temperature at the supply air set point (SASP) plus the reset (when enabled). The reset value is determined by SAT (supply-air temperature) reset and/or space temperature reset algorithms. The space temperature reset is only available when enabled through software.

When cooling, the control will energize the power exhaust enable output to the external power exhaust controller, when power exhaust is used.

If in Occupied mode, the control module will perform economizer control (economizer control same as described above for CV units). If in Unoccupied mode, the control module will perform nighttime free cool and IAQ pre-occupancy purge as required (when enabled through software). When DX (direct expansion) cooling is called, the outdoor fans will always operate.

The control will run continuous diagnostics for alarms/ alerts; respond to CCN communications and perform any configured network POC (product outboard controls) functions such as time and outdoor-air temperature broadcast and global broadcast; and perform Fire/Smoke control if equipped with power exhaust.

GAS HEATING, CONSTANT VOLUME (CV) UNITS — The gas heat units incorporate 2 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048) or 3 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068) separate systems to provide gas heat. Each system incorporates its own induced-draft motor, Integrated Gas Control (IGC) board, 2 stage gas valve, manifold, etc. The systems are operated in parallel; for example, when there is a call for first stage heat, all induced-draft motors operate, all gas valves are energized, and both IGC boards initiate spark.

All of the gas heating control is performed through the IGC boards (located in the heating section). The control module board serves only to initiate and terminate heating operation.

The control module board is powered by 24 vac. When the thermostat or room sensor calls for heating, power is sent from the control module board to W on each of the IGC boards. An LED on the IGC board will be on during normal operation. A check is made to ensure that the rollout switches and limit switches are closed and the induced-draft motors are not running. The induced-draft motors are then energized, and when speed is proven with the hall effect sensor on the motor, the ignition activation period begins. The burners will ignite within 5 seconds.

When ignition occurs the IGC board will continue to monitor the condition of the rollout and limit switches, the hall effect sensor, as well as the flame sensor. If the unit is controlled through a room thermostat set for fan auto., 45 seconds after ignition occurs, the indoor-fan motor will be energized and the outdoor-air dampers will open to their minimum position. If for some reason the overtemperature limit opens prior to the start of the indoor fan blower, on the next attempt, the 45-second delay will be shortened to 5 seconds less than the time from initiation of heat to when the limit tripped. Gas will not be interrupted to the burners and heating will continue. Once modified, the fan on delay will not change back to 45 seconds unless power is reset to the control. If the unit is controlled through a room sensor, the indoor fan will be operating in the Occupied mode and the outdoor-air dampers will be in the minimum position.

If the unit is controlled with a room sensor in the Unoccupied mode, the indoor fan will be energized through the IGC board with a 45-second delay and the outside-air dampers will move to the IAQ position (generally set to zero in the Unoccupied mode). The IAQ feature is enabled through system software. If IAQ is not enabled, dampers will move to the minimum position.

When additional heat is required, W2 closes and initiates power to the second stage of the main gas valves. When the thermostat is satisfied, W1 and W2 open and the gas valves close interrupting the flow of gas to the main burners. If the call for W1 lasted less than 1 minute, the heating cycle will not terminate until 1 minute after W1 became active. If the unit is controlled through a room thermostat set for fan auto., the indoor-fan motor will continue to operate for an additional 45 seconds then stop and the outdoor-air dampers will close. If the overtemperature limit opens after the indoor motor is stopped within 10 minutes of W1 becoming inactive, on the next cycle the time will be extended by 15 seconds. The maximum delay is 3 minutes. Once modified, the fan off delay will not change back to 45 seconds unless power is reset to the control. If the unit is controlled through a room sensor, the indoor fan will be operating in the Occupied mode and turned off after 45 seconds in the Unoccupied mode.

GAS HEATING, VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) UNITS — All of the gas heating control is performed through the integrated gas control (IGC) board. The control module board serves only to initiate and terminate heating operation.

NOTE: The unit is factory-configured for disabled occupied heating. DIP switch 5 is used to enable occupied heating (DIP switch 5 set to OPEN).

Variable Air Volume (VAV) occupied heat is controlled by return-air temperature (RAT) using a 5k thermistor located just below the outdoor-air dampers. A VAV unit without a space temperature sensor is also controlled by RAT. A VAV unit with a space temperature sensor has Unoccupied Heat controlled by space temperature (SPT).

The control module board is powered by 24 vac. When there is a call for heating (either Morning Warm-Up, Unoccupied, or Occupied modes), power is sent from the control module board to W on each of the IGC boards and W2 of the main gas valve. When heating, the control module board will energize a field-supplied heat interlock relay output to drive the VAV terminal boxes wide open. The HIR is not required on a DAV system. See Fig. 59. In the Occupied mode the indoor-fan motor will be operating and the outdoor-air dampers will be in the minimum position. In the Unoccupied mode the indoor-fan motor will be off, but will energize 45 seconds after the call for heat and the outdoor-air dampers will move to the IAQ Unoccupied position (generally set to zero in the Unoccupied mode). The duct pressure sensor will signal to the variable frequency drive to operate at full speed since all terminals have been driven open. An LED on the IGC board will be on during normal operation. A check is made to ensure that the rollout switches and limit switches are closed and the induced-draft motors are not running. The induced-draft motors are then energized and when speed is proven with the hall effect sensor on the motor, the ignition activation period begins. The burners will ignite within 5 seconds.

When ignition occurs the IGC board will continue to monitor the condition of the rollout and limit switches, the hall effect sensor, and the flame sensor.

If the call for heat lasted less than 1 minute, the heating cycle will not terminate until 1 minute after heat became active. When heating is satisfied, the power will be interrupted to the IGC board and W1 and W2 of the main gas valve. If the unit is controlled through a room sensor, the indoor fan will be operating in the Occupied mode and turned off after 45 seconds in the Unoccupied mode.

STAGED GAS UNIT HEATING — The Staged Gas Control option offered on 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-068 and 48AJ,AK,AW, AY020-060 units adds the capability to control the rooftop unit’s gas heating system to a specified Supply Air Temperature Set Point for purposes of tempering a cool mixed-air condition. The gas heating system employs multiple heating sections. Each section is equipped with a two-stage gas valve. The gas valves are sequenced by a factory-installed staged gas controller (SGC) as required to maintain the user-specified Supply Air Set Point. Up to eleven stages of heating control are available, based on quantity and heating capacity sizes of the individual heat exchanger sections provided in the base unit. In addition to providing system control for tempering heat operation, the new SGC also controls Demand Heat sequences for both First-Stage (W1) and Second-Stage (W2 or full-fire) operation.

Tempering of supply air is desirable when rooftop units are operating in ventilation mode (economizer only operation) at low outdoor temperatures. At low outdoor temperatures, the mixed air temperature (combination of return-from-space temperature and outdoor/ventilation air temperature) may become too low for the comfort of the occupants or for the terminal reheat systems. The tempering function adds incremental steps of heat capacity to raise the temperature of the mixed air up to levels suitable for direct admission into the occupied space or to levels consistent with reheat capabilities of the space terminals. Refer to Table 37 for the staged gas heating control system components. Refer to Table 38 for the heating system controller (SGC) inputs. The heating system controller (SGC) outputs consist of six relays (K1 through K6) which control the individual gas valves.

CB4

3.2 AMPS

BASE MODULE

CONTROL BOARD

INDOOR FAN RELAY

TRAN2

SECONDARY

24 VOLT

COM

T29

(HN61KK040)

(24V, 9.5VA)

Fig. 59 — Heat Interlock Relay Wiring

COM

HIR

FIELD

INSTALLED

LEGEND

CB — Circuit Breaker COM — Common HIR — Heat Interlock Relay T—Terminal TRAN — Transformer

Table 37 — Staged Gas System Components

ITEM FUNCTION LOCATION Heating Controller (SGC) Logic and Output Relays Heating section Supply-Air Thermistors (SAT) Sense unit leaving-air temperature Supply duct (factory-provided,

Cooling Supply Air Set Point Potentiometer (CLSASP)

Heating Supply Air Set Point Potentiometer (HTSASP)

Air Flow Switch (AFS) Prove Supply Fan operation Fan supply air plenum

Specify set point for tempering heat control Set Point Range: 35 to 70 F

Specify set point for First-Stage Heating control Set Point Range: 80 to 125 F

field-installed) Heating section, next to SGC

Heating section, next to SGC

(factory-installed)

Table 38 — Stage Gas System Inputs/Outputs

INPUT DESCRIPTION Cool1 Relay in parallel with Compressor #1 contactor Cool2 Relay in parallel with Compressor #2 contactor Heat1 24V input from Base Unit control Heat2 24V input from Base Unit control Fan Air proving switch (contact closure on rise in static pressure) Cool Supply Set Point Potentiometer, (range 35-70 F) Heat Supply Set Point Potentiometer, (range 80-125 F) Supply Air Thermistor (1, 2 and 3) Field-installed in supply ductwork (P/N HH79NZ016)

Operating Modes

— The SGC will operate the unit in one of

the following operating modes:

• no mode

• Cooling Mode

• Heating1 Mode

• Heating2 Mode No Mode

— In this mode, none of the heat stages are turned on. No mode occurs if the Cool, Heat or Fan inputs are off or the Cool input(s) are on.

Tempering (Cool) Mode

— In this mode, the SGC tempers in incoming supply air to maintain the cooling supply air set point. Tempering mode occurs if the Fan input is ON and all Cool and Heat inputs are off.

When the SGC determines that the fan is on and the base unit control is not calling for heat or mechanical cooling, the SGC will stage heat to maintain the cooling set point which is set on the CLSASP potentiometer of the SGC. This set point should be slightly below the supply air set point of the base unit VAV control. Note that the supply-air temperature will still be in the “cooling range.”

Heat1 Mode

— Heat1 mode is used on VAV applications as they have one heat stage on the base unit control. CV units have two heat stages and will not operate under Heat1 mode.

In this mode, heat is staged to control supply air temperature to HTSASP. Heat1 mode occurs only if Heat1 is ON and Heat2 is OFF and Cool1 and Cool2 are OFF.

When the base unit control calls for first stage of heat, the SGC will stage heat to maintain the heating set point set on the potentiometer of the SGC. The HIR will be energized to command the zone terminals to open to maintain minimum heating airflow.

Heat2 Mode

— Heat2 mode is used on CV applications as they have 2 heat stages on the base unit control. VAV units have only 1 heat stage and will not operate under Heat2 mode.

In this mode, when the base unit calls for the second stage of heat, the SGC will turn on all available heat stages. This mode only occurs if Heat1 and Heat2 are ON and Cool1 and Cool2 are OFF.

Accessory Navigator Display

— The Navigator Display is a field-installed accessory. See Fig. 60. Navigator Display is to be connected to LEN connections at communication board

which is attached to the heating and cooling supply air set point potentiometers in heating section. The Navigator Display accessory is required for all units with staged gas control.

The display module provides the user interface to the Staged Gas control system. See Fig. 60. The display has up and down arrow keys, an key, and an key. These

ESCAPE ENTER keys are used to navigate through the different levels of the display structure. See Table 39. Press the ESCAPE key until the display is blank to move through the top 11 mode levels indicated by LEDs on the bottom left side of the display.

Pressing the and keys simultaneously

ESCAPE ENTER will scroll a text description across the display indicating the full meaning of each display acronym. Pressing the and keys when the display is blank (Mode LED lev-

ENTER

ESCAPE

el) will return the display to its default menu of rotating display items. In addition, the password will be disabled requiring that it be entered again before changes can be made to password protected items.

When a specific item is located, the display will flash showing the operator, the item, item value, and then the item units (if any). Press the key to stop the display at the item val-

ENTER ue. Items in the Configuration and Service Test modes are password protected. The display will flash PASS and WORD when required. Use the and arrow keys to enter the 4

ENTER

digits of the password. The default password is 1111.

Changing item values or testing outputs is accomplished in the same manner. Locate and display the desired item. Press the key to stop the display at the item value. Press the

ENTER

key again so that the item value flashes. Use the ar-

row keys to change the value or state of an item and press the

ENTER ESCAPE

key to accept it. Press the key and the item, value, or units display will resume. Repeat the process as required for other items.

The unit alarms can be cleared through Navigator display. To check the current alarms, enter the Alarms menu. The first submenu is the CRNT submenu. The CRNT function displays the list of current alarms (maximum of 25). The second submenu item is the RCRN (Reset All Current Alarms) function. Press to reset the current alarms. The next submenu

ENTER

item, HIST, displays the list of cleared alarms (maximum of

20). The HIST function can be cleared with the RHIS function.

Comfort

Link

NAVIGATOR™

ODE

Alarm Status

un Status

ervice

est

perature

Pre

ssures

Setpoints

Inputs

tputs

nfigu

ration

e C

lock

ESC

pera

ting M

ENTER

Fig. 60 — Navigator Display

MORNING WARM-UP (VAV only with PC Accessed/CCN Operation) — Morning warm-up occurs when the control has been programmed to turn on heat prior to the Occupied mode to be ready for occupancy mode. Morning warm-up is a condition in VAV systems that occurs when the Temperature Compensated Start algorithm calculates a biased occupied start time and the unit has a demand for heating. The warm-up will continue into the occupied period as long as there is a need for heat. During warm-up, the unit can continue heating into the occupied period, even if occupied heating is disabled. When the heating demand is satisfied, the warm-up condition will terminate. To increase or decrease the heating demand, use Service Tool software to change the Occupied Heating set point.

NOTE: To utilize Morning Warm-Up mode, the unit occupancy schedule must be accessed via Service Tool, Building Supervisor, or ComfortWORKS® software or accessory Remote Enhanced Display. The PC can access the base control board via the 3-wire communication bus or via an RJ-11 connection to the CCN terminal on the base control board. See Fig. 27.

For current software (version 3.0 or later), the Low Temperature Minimum Damper Position Override (LOWMDP) has a 0 to 100% limit, with a default of 100%. Think of the LOWMDP as a second minimum damper position. This LOWMDP limit change requires access to the unit software with a computer equipped with Building Supervisor, Service Tool, or ComfortWORKS Software.

When the LOWMDP is in effect the outdoor dampers will remain at the LOWMDP position (typically set to 0% closed) during heating, even in the Occupied period. For the LOWMDP to be in effect the LOWMDP must be less than the minimum damper position (MDP) and the RAT (return-air temperature) must be less than the OHSP (occupied heat set point) minus 2.5° F. Table 40 summarizes the operational requirements and controlling factors for occupied heat and morning warm-up.

MORNING WARM-UP (VAV Only with Stand-Alone Operation) — When the unit operates in stand-alone mode, morning warm-up occurs when the unit is energized in Occupied mode and return-air temperature (RAT) is below 68 F. Warm-up will not terminate until the RAT reaches 68 F. The heat interlock relay output is energized during morning warmup. (A field-installed 24-vdc heat interlock relay is required.) The output will be energized until the morning warm-up cycle is complete. Refer to Fig. 59 for heat interlock relay wiring.

RUN

STATUS

Auto Display

(VIEW)

Software

Ver sio n (VERS)

SERVICE

TEST

SERVICE

TEST

HEAT

OUTPUT#1

HEAT

OUTPUT#2

HEAT

OUTPUT#3

HEAT

OUTPUT#4

HEAT

OUTPUT#5

HEAT

OUTPUT#6

Table 39 — Navigator Display Menu Structure

TEMPERATURES PRESSURES

SUPPLY AIR

TEMPERATURE

SUPPLY AIR

TEMPERATURE 1

SUPPLY AIR

TEMPERATURE 2

SUPPLY AIR

TEMPERATURE 3

N/A

SET

POINTS

SETPOINT

SELECT

COOLING

SETPOINT

COOLING

SETPOINT

HEATING

SETPOINT

HEATING

SETPOINT

INPUTS OUTPUTS CONFIGURATION TIME CLOCK

COOL

INPUT#1

COOL

INPUT#2

HEAT

INPUT#1

HEAT

INPUT#1

SUPPLY

FAN

STATUS

HEAT

OUTPUT

HEAT

OUTPUT

HEAT

OUTPUT

HEAT

OUTPUT

HEAT

OUTPUT

HEAT

OUTPUT

Display

Configuration

(DISP)

CCN

Configuration

(CCN)

Stage Gas

Configuration

(CNFG)

Time

(TIME)

Date

(DATE)

Occupancy

and

Unoccupancy

Schedule

Number (SCHD)

OPERATING

MODES

N/A

ALARMS

Currently

Active

Alarms

(CRNT)

Reset all

Current

Alarms

(RCRN)

Alarm

History

(HIST)

Reset

Alarm History (RHIS)

Table 40 — Occupied Heat and Morning Warm-Up

Operation and Controlling Factors

SOFTWARE

VERSION

3.0 and Later DIP switch no. 5

LEGEND

OHSP — Occupied Heat Set Point RAT — Return-Air Temperature

OCCUPIED

HEAT

ENABLED

VIA

MORNING WARM-UP

MAY START

DURING

Smart start or

within

10 minutes

TEMPERATURE

CONDITION

FOR HEAT

TO START

RAT < OHSP

SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONTROL — If the unit is equipped with a field-supplied space sensor and a remote start/stop switch, constant volume (CV) cooling will operate as follows: Stage 1 cooling begins when there exists a 1.5° F demand and ends when the demand returns back to 0.5° F. Stage 2 cooling begins when there is a 2.0° F demand and will continue until the demand returns 1.0° F. Stage 2 cannot be energized until a minimum of eight minutes of Stage 1 operation or as long as stage 1 is making a reduction in the space temperature trend. If the temperature trends stop improving but the demand still exceeds 2.0° F, then Stage 2 cooling will be energized.

When economizer operation is suitable, the control will use economizer, as the first stage of cooling will bring on the compressor 1 when Stage 2 demand is called for. If supply-air temperature (SAT) remains above supply-air set point (SASP) for 15 minutes after energizing compressor 1, then compressor 2 shall be started. When Stage 2 is satisfied, the last stage of compression shall be dropped. When Stage 1 is satisfied, the control will drop all DX cooling.

If the unit is equipped with a field-supplied space sensor and a remote start/stop switch, CV heating will operate as follows: Stage 1 heating begins when there exists 1.5° F demand and ends when the demand returns back to 0.5° F. Stage 2 heating begins when there is a 2.0° F demand and will continue until the demand returns to 1.0° F. Stage 2 cannot be energized until a minimum of eight minutes of Stage 1 operation or as long as Stage 1 is making an increase in the space temperature trend. If

the temperature trends stop improving but the demand still exceeds 2.0° F, then Stage 2 heating will be energized

SPACE TEMPERATURE RESET SENSOR (VAV Only) — An accessory space temperature sensor (T-55 or T-56 without offset) is required. Space temperature reset is used to reset the supply-air temperature set point of a VAV system higher, as the space temperature falls below the Occupied Cool set point. As the space temperature falls below the Occupied Cool set point, the supply-air temperature will be reset upward as a function of the reset ratio. (Default is 3.) Reset ratio is expressed in degrees change in supply-air temperature per degree of space temperature change. A reset limit will exist which will limit the maximum number of degrees the supply-air temperature may be raised. (Default is 10 F.) Both the reset ratio and the reset limit are user definable. The sequence of operation is as follows:

1. The on/off status of the unit supply fan is determined.

2. If the fan is ‘‘on,’’ the sequence will check if the system is occupied.

3. If the system is in Occupied mode, the sequence will determine if the reset option is enabled.

4. If the reset option is enabled, the sequence will read the space temperature and compare it to the Occupied Cool set point. If the temperature is below the Occupied Cool set point, the algorithm will compute the reset value and compare this value against the reset limit. If it is greater than the reset limit, the sequence will use the reset limit as the reset value. See Fig. 61.

NOTE: A computer equipped with Carrier network access software (ComfortWORKS®, Building Supervisor, or Service Tool) or an accessory Remote Enhanced Display is required to enable this function.

Space Temperature Reset Example

— The occupied cooling set point is set to 73 F. The Reset Ratio is set to 5. The Reset Limit is set to 20 F. The Reset Ratio determines how many degrees F the temperature is reset. At 72 F, the supply temperature will be reset 5 degrees higher. At 71 F, the supply temperature will be reset 10 degrees higher. At 70 F, the supply temperature will be reset 15 degrees higher. At 69 F, the supply temperature will be reset 20 degrees higher and the Reset Limit will have been reached.

BASE MODULE

CONTROL BOARD

(+) T11

(-) T12

LEGEND T — Te r m i nal NOTE: The 4 to 20 mA input is a field-supplied non-Carrier EMS

(Energy Management System) device.

4-20 mA

INPUT

FIELD

SUPPLIED

INPUT DEVICE

Fig. 61 — Space Temperature Reset Wiring

mA INPUT DEG. F RESET

4 0.00 5 1.25 6 2.50 7 3.75 8 5.00

9 6.25 10 7.50 11 8.75 12 10.00 13 11.25 14 12.50 15 13.75 16 15.00 17 16.25 18 17.50 19 18.75 20 20.00

SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE RESET — Supply air temperature reset is used to reset the supply-air temperature utility. A 4 to 20 mA signal (field-supplied) is required. The reset option does not require enabling.

POWER EXHAUST OPERATION — Power exhaust has two options (constant volume and modulating) that have the following sequence of operation:

The constant volume power exhaust stage 1 (CVPE1) is enabled when the indoor fan has been energized and the desired outdoor-air damper position for the economizer increases above the first constant volume (CV) power exhaust stage 1 point (PES1). The PES1 factory default value is set at 25%. The constant volume power exhaust stage 2 (CVPE2) is enabled when the desired outdoor-air damper position for the economizer increases above the second CV power exhaust stage 2 point (PES2). The PES2 factory default value is set at 75%. Each stage is disabled when the desired damper position decreases below the respective set points.

The modulating power exhaust is enabled when the indoor fan is energized and the building pressure has exceeded the individual sequencer set points. The default set points are 0.04 in. wg (6.3 vdc) for stage 1, 0.10 in wg (6.8 vdc) for stage 2,

0.16 in wg (7.3 vdc) for stage 3, and 0.23 in. wg (7.8 vdc) for stage 4, 0.29 in. wg (8.3 vdc) for stage 5, and 0.35 in. wg (8.8 vdc) for stage 6 power exhaust sequencer. Each stage also requires that the building pressure is reduced until it drops below the disable set point. The default set points are 0 in wg. (6.0 vdc) for stage 1, 0.060 in. wg (6.5 vdc) for stage 2, 0.13 in. wg (7.0 vdc) for stage 3, 0.19 in. wg (7.4 vdc) for stage 4,

0.25 in. wg (8.0 vdc) for stage 5, and 0.31 in. wg (8.5 vdc) for stage 6 power exhaust sequencer. Both of these set points are changed at the specific controlling sequencer. It is not forcible from CCN.

If the indoor fan is on, then PEXE = ON. If the indoor fan is off, then PEXE = OFF. In addition, on units equipped with the Expansion I/O module, the control module board may have direct access 4 to 6 Modulated Power Exhausted stages bypassing an external sequencer device. These stages will be controlled directly in fire/smoke modes.

SMOKE CONTROL MODES — The 48AJ,AK,AW,AY and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY units with an optional expansion board perform fire and smoke control modes. The expansion board provides 4 modes which can be used to control smoke within the conditioned area. The modes of operation are fire shutdown, pressurization, evacuation, and smoke purge. See Table 41.

SMOKE DETECTOR — A smoke detector can be used to initiate fire shutdown. This can be accomplished by a set of normally closed pilot relay contacts which will interrupt power from the 24-v transformer, secondary ‘‘B’’ terminal to the control circuit breaker (CB4). See Fig. 62. The wire that connects these two points is white and labeled ‘‘W78.’’

NOTE: On standard gas models, the indoor fan will continue to run 45 seconds after the call for heat has been terminated. If fire shutdown is initiated the fan will stop immediately. No 45-second delay will occur.

The smoke detector may be mounted in the return air duct or the supply duct. Carrier does not make recommendations as to specific smoke detector location due to liability considerations.

INDOOR AIR QUALITY (IAQ) CONTROL — The accessory IAQ sensor is required for IAQ control on the base control board. The Carrier sensors operate with a 4 to 20 mA signal. The 4 to 20 mA signal is connect to T13 (+) and T14 (-) on the base control board for the IAQ sensor, and T15 (+) and T16 (-) on the base control board for the OAQ (Outdoor Air Quality) sensor. The sensor is field-mounted and wired to the base control board installed in the unit main control box. The IAQ sensor must be powered by a field-supplied 24-V power supply (ungrounded). Do not use the unit 24-V power supply to power sensor.

Fig. 62 — Field-Supplied Smoke Detector Wiring

NOTE: The Carrier IAQ/OAQ sensors are shipped configured for a 0 to 10 Vdc signal for use on previously designed PIC (Product Integrated Control) products. This signal must be changed to the 4 to 20 mA signal to be used on these products, which is accomplished through a jumper change. The IAQ/ OAQ input signals are also polarized, with (+) connecting to the odd numbered terminals and (-) connected to the even numbered terminals. Refer to Indoor-Air Quality Section in the Controls, Operation, and Troubleshooting Manual for further sequence of operation.

NOTE: The IAQ Control function was incorporated onto the base control board on these units with serial number of 0600F and later.

Once installed, the sensor must be enabled. The sensor is configured with default values which may be changed through network access software. To work properly, the IAQ sensor high and low reference points for the sensor that is used must match the configured values. The base control board reacts to a 4 to 20 mA signal from the IAQ sensor. The low reference (4 mA output) must be configured to the minimum IAQ sensor reading. The high reference (20 mA output) must be configured to the maximum IAQ sensor reading.

The IAQ sensor can be configured to either low or high priority. The priority value can be changed by the user. The default is low.

Low priority trol is to the IAQ set point, but the outside air damper position will change to its minimum position when the following conditions occur:

• CV units with sensor — when the space temperature is

greater than the occupied cooling set point plus 2° F or

when the space temperature is less than the occupied

heating set point minus 2° F.

• VAV units and CV units with thermostat — when the

supply-air temperature is less than the supply-air temper-

ature set point minus 8° F or when the supply-air temper-

ature is greater than the supply air temperature set point

plus 5° F for 4 minutes.

• When the outdoor air quality is greater than the outdoor

air quality set point (ppm) High priority

point controls the outside air damper exclusively, with no regard to comfort conditioning.

TIME GUARD® CIRCUIT — The Time Guard function (built into the rooftop control module board) maintains a minimum off time of 5 minutes, a minimum on time of 10 seconds, and a 10-second delay between compressor starts.

CRANKCASE HEATER — Unit main power supply must remain on to provide crankcase heater operation. The crankcase heater in each compressor keeps oil free of refrigerant while compressor is off.

— When the priority is set to low, the initial con-

— When the priority is set to high, the IAQ set

Table 41 — Smoke Control Modes

DEVICE PRESSURIZATION SMOKE PURGE EVACUATION FIRE SHUTDOWN Economizer 100% 100% 100% 0% Indoor Fan/VFD ON ON OFF OFF Power Exhaust (all outputs) OFF ON ON OFF Heat Stages OFF OFF OFF OFF Cool Stages OFF OFF OFF OFF HIR ON ON OFF OFF

LEGEND

HIR — Heat Interlock Relay VFD — Variable Frequency Drive

HEAD PRESSURE CONTROL — Each unit has a fan cycling, outdoor thermostat to shut off the outdoor-fan motor(s) at 55 F (one outdoor-fan motor on 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034 units, 2 outdoor-fan motors on 48AJ,AK,AW,AY035-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY038-048 units and 3 outdoor-fan motors on 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 units). The head pressure control permits unit to operate with correct condensing temperatures down to 35 F outdoor-air temperature.

MOTORMASTER® III CONTROL — The Motormaster III Solid-State Head Pressure Control is a field-installed accessory fan speed control device actuated by a temperature sensor. It is specifically designed for use on Carrier equipment and controls the condenser-fan motor speed in response to the saturated condensing temperature. For outdoor temperatures down to –20 F, it maintains condensing temperature at 100 F. Refer to the accessory Motormaster installation instructions for more information.

CAPACITY CONTROL, COOLING — The cooling capacity staging tables are shown in Tables 42 and 43.

Table 42 — Cooling Capacity Staging Table, CV

Units with 2 Compressors

Stages

Compressor 1 off off on on Compressor 2 off off off on

NOTE: On CV units that require additional unloading, add suction pressure unloaders to Compressor 1 only.

Economizer

Table 43 — Cooling Capacity Staging Table VAV

Units with 2 Compressors and 2 Unloaders*

STAGES

0123456

Compressor 1 offonononononon

Unloader 1 off on on off on on off Unloader 2 offonoffoffonoffoff

Compressor 2 off off off off on on on

*40 ton units have only one unloader.

It is often desirable to use a variable air volume (VAV) unit in a variable volume and temperature (VVT) control system because of the greater unloading capability. A VAV unit (with software version 4.0 and later) can easily be configured in the field to run off of either space thermostat (VVT® relay pack) input or a space sensor. When configured in this manner, the unit control will turn on compressors based upon load in the space. If the supply-air falls below predefined limits, the control will unload the compressor in order to maintain the minimum supply-air limit. If unloading is not successful in maintaining the minimum supply-air temperature (SAT), then the compressors will be turned off. An alarm will be issued when the compressors are turned off.

A VAV unit configured to run off thermostat input or a space sensor will have the capability for two stages of heating, however, modification to the control wiring will be required to make this available. The Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) for the supply fan will still be active, varying the supply air fan speed to maintain supply duct pressure.

Upon a call for Y1 (or Y2_SPT) cooling, the compressor 1 will start after appropriate Time Guard® functions. Thirty seconds after the SAT drops below the “SAT1TRIP” the compressor will be unloaded. The unloading sequence will be as follows:

Compressor no. 1 On, Full Load Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off Compressor no. 1 On, Compressor no. 1 On, Compressor no. 1 Off Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off

/3 Load Unloader no. 1 Off, Unloader no. 2 On

/3 Load Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 On

The “Y1 Low SAT Limit” has an adjustable range from 50 F to 65 F, with a factory setting of 53 F. If the temperature of the SAT rise above the “Y1 Low SAT Limit” plus 2° F, the compressor will be loaded in the reverse order in which it was unloaded following the pre-described time guards. There will be a 90-second time guard between any change in unloaded state, and the normal 5-minute time guard for change in compressor On/Off state.

If compressor no. 1 is forced off due to “Y1 LOW SAT Limit” an alert will be issued. If economizer is suitable, the economizer mode will remain active. The alert will be cleared after the 5-minute time guard has expired and the compressor is restarted. With Y1 (or Y1_SPT) input, only compressor no. 1 can be running.

Upon a call for Y1 (or Y1_SPT) and Y2 (or Y2_SPT) cooling both compressor no. 1 and 2 will start after appropriate time guards. Thirty seconds after SAT drops below the “Y2 Low SAT Limit” the compressor will be unloaded. The unloading sequence will be as follows:

Compressor no. 1 On, Full Load

Compressor no. 1

On,

/3 Load

Compressor no. 1

/3 Load

On, Compressor no. 1

On, Full Load Compressor no. 1

On,

/3 Load

Compressor no. 1

On,

/3 Load

Compressor no. 1 Off Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off Compressor no. 2 Off

Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off Compressor no. 2 On

Unloader no. 1 Off, Unloader no. 2 On

Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 On Compressor no. 2 On

Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off Compressor no. 2 Off

Unloader no. 1 Off, Unloader no. 2 On

Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 On Compressor no. 2 Off

Compressor no. 2 On

Compressor no. 2 Off

The “Y2 Low SAT Limit” has an adjustable range from 45 F to 55 F, with a factory default setting of 48 F. If the temperature of the SAT rise above the “Y2 Low SAT Limit” plus 2° F, the compressor will be loaded in the reverse order in which it was unloaded following the pre-described Time Guard functions. There will be a 90-second time guard between any change in unloaded state, and the normal 5-minute time guard for change in compressor On/Off state.

If a Y2 (or Y2_SPT) call begins while the unit was under “Y1 cooling” control, compressor no. 2 will not be started until “Y1 cooling” control has ended.

If the Y2 (or Y2_SPT) call ends, with compressor 1 in an unloaded state and compressor 2 ON, then compressor 1 will be immediately brought up to the fully loaded state. If however, the Y2 (or Y2_SPT) call ends, with compressor 1 in an unloaded state and compressor 2 OFF, then compressor 1 will be left in its unloaded state. In either case the compressor 1 will be loaded/unloaded as appropriate to the “Y1 Low Limit”.

The control shall lockout compressors if SAT becomes too low and an alarm shall be issued.

Compressor no. 1 lockout at SAT < 53 F.

Compressor no. 2 lockout at SAT < 48 F.

If SAT sensor fails the control will energize compressor no. 1 fully loaded (unloaders off), whenever there is a Y1 (or Y1_SPT) call. Compressor no. 2 will be energized whenever there is a call for Y2 (or Y2_SPT).

NOTE: When a VAV unit with software version 4.0 and later is configured to operate from a space thermostat (VVT® relay pack) or a space sensor, compressors start loaded and then unload as needed. This is the opposite of the normal VAV unloading sequence. When operating from supply-air temperature (SAT) sensor, VAV units will unload in the reverse sequence.

FIELD TEST — The field test program is initiated by moving up DIP switch no. 4 to the OPEN position. The outdoor-air damper will close. The control allows 90 seconds for the damper to close in case it was in the full open position. Next, the indoor-fan contactor will be energized, and the outside-air damper will begin to open to its default value of 20% and stay at that position for a short period of time. The outdoor-air damper will then open to its full open position and stay at that position for a short period of time. The outdoor-air damper will then close.

If the unit is equipped with power exhaust, stage 1 will be energized for 5 seconds. If the unit is configured for stage 2 of power exhaust, stage 2 will be energized for 5 seconds after the first stage is deenergized.

The first stage of heat will be energized for 30 seconds, after which the second stage heat will be energized for an additional 30 seconds. Heat is then deenergized.

The last step is the Cooling mode. Outdoor-fan contactor no. 1 is energized. This is followed by each stage of cooling energized with a 10-second delay between stages. After this is complete, outdoor-fan contactor no. 2 is energized for 10 seconds.

The compressors will now deenergize, followed by the outdoor-fan contactors and indoor-fan contactors. If the unit is equipped with the Integrated Gas Control (IGC) board, the indoor fan will continue to operate for an additional 30 seconds after deenergizing the circuit.

The field test is then complete.

Each door is held closed with 3 latches. The latches are se-

cured to the unit with a single

/4-in. - 20 x 1/2-in. long bolt. See

Fig. 63.

To open, loosen the latch bolt using a

/16-in. wrench. Pivot the latch so it is not in contact with the door. Open the door. To shut, reverse the above procedure.

NOTE: Disassembly of the top cover may be required under special service circumstances. It is very important that the orientation and position of the top cover be marked on the unit prior to disassembly. This will allow proper replacement of the top cover onto the unit and prevent rainwater from leaking into the unit.

IMPORTANT: After servicing is completed, make sure door is closed and relatched properly, and that the latches are tight. Failure to do so can result in water leakage into the evaporator section of the unit.

Cleaning — Inspect unit interior at beginning of each heat-

ing and cooling season and as operating conditions require. Remove unit side panels and/or open doors for access to unit interior.

MAIN BURNERS — At the beginning of each heating season, inspect for deterioration or blockage due to corrosion or other causes. Observe the main burner flames and adjust if necessary. Check spark gap. See Fig. 64. Refer to Main Burners section on page 94.

FLUE GAS PASSAGEWAYS — The flue collector box and heat exchanger cells may be inspected by removing gas section access panel (Fig. 5-16), flue box cover, collector box, and main burner assembly (Fig. 65 and 66). Refer to Main Burners section on page 94 for burner removal sequence. If cleaning is required, clean all parts with a wire brush. Reassemble using new high-temperature insulation for sealing.

COMBUSTION-AIR BLOWER — Clean periodically to assure proper airflow and heating efficiency. Inspect blower wheel every fall and periodically during heating season. For the first heating season, inspect blower wheel bi-monthly to determine proper cleaning frequency.

Fig. 63 — Door Latch

SERVICE

Before performing service or maintenance operations on unit, turn off main power switch to unit. Electrical shock could cause personal injury.

Service Access —

through clearly labelled hinged access doors. These doors are not equipped with tiebacks, so if heavy duty servicing is needed, either remove them or prop them open to prevent accidental closure.

All unit components can be reached

Fig. 64 — Spark Gap Adjustment

NOTES:

1. Torque set screws on blower wheel to 70 in. lbs ± 2 in. lbs.

2. Torque set screw on propeller fan to 15 in. lbs ± 2 in. lbs.

3. Dimensions are in inches.

Fig. 65 — Typical Gas Heating Section

Fig. 66 — Gas Heat Section Details

To inspect blower wheel, remove heat exchanger access panel. Shine a flashlight into opening to inspect wheel. If cleaning is required, remove motor and wheel assembly by removing screws holding motor mounting plate to top of combustion fan housing (Fig. 65 and 66). The motor, scroll, and wheel assembly can be removed from the unit. Remove scroll from plate. Remove the blower wheel from the motor shaft and clean with a detergent or solvent. Replace motor and wheel assembly.

EVAPORATOR COIL — Remove access panels and clean as required with commercial coil cleaner.

CONDENSER COIL — Clean condenser coil annually and as required by location and outdoor-air conditions. Inspect coil monthly; clean as required.

CONDENSATE DRAIN — Check and clean each year at start of cooling season. In winter, keep drains and traps dry.

FILTERS — Clean or replace at start of each heating and cooling season, or more often if operating conditions require. Refer to Tables 1A and 1B for type and size.

NOTE: The unit requires industrial grade throwaway filters capable of withstanding face velocities up to 625 fpm.

OUTDOOR-AIR INLET SCREENS — Clean screens with steam or hot water and a mild detergent. Do not use disposable filters in place of screens. See Fig. 37 for location of screens (filter track assembly).

Lubrication

COMPRESSORS — Each compressor is charged with the correct amount of oil at the factory. The correct oil charge is shown in Tables 1A and 1B. If oil is visible in the compressor sight glass, check unit for operating readiness as described in Start-Up section, then start the unit. Observe oil level and add oil, if required, to bring oil level in compressor crankcase up to between

/4 and 1/3 of sight glass during steady operation.

If oil charge is above

/3 sight glass, do not remove any oil until the compressor crankcase heater has been energized for at least 24 hours with compressor off.

When additional oil or a complete charge is required, use

only Carrier-approved compressor oil:

Petroleum Specialties, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cryol 150

Texaco, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capella WF-32

Witco Chemical Corp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suniso 3GS

IMPORTANT: Do not use reclaimed oil or oil that has been exposed to the atmosphere. Refer to Carrier Standard Service Techniques Manual, Chapter 1, Refrigerants section, for procedures to add or remove oil.

FAN SHAFT BEARINGS — Lubricate bearings at least every 6 months with suitable bearing grease. Do not over grease. Typical lubricants are given below:

MANUFACTURER LUBRICANT

Texaco Regal AFB-2*

Mobil Mobilplex EP No. 1

Sunoco Prestige 42

Texaco Multifak 2

*Preferred lubricant because it contains rust and oxidation inhibitors.

CONDENSER- AND EVAPORATOR-FAN MOTOR BEARINGS — The condenser- and evaporator-fan motors have permanently-sealed bearings, so no field lubrication is necessary.

Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment (Fig. 67) — Fan motor pulleys are designed for speed

shown in Tables 1A and 1B (factory speed setting).

IMPORTANT: Check to ensure that the unit drive matches the duct static pressure using Tables 19-31.

To change fan speeds, change pulleys. To align fan and motor pulleys:

1. Shut off unit power supply.

2. Loosen fan shaft pulley bushing.

3. Slide fan pulley along fan shaft.

4. Make angular alignment by loosening motor from mounting plate.

5. Retighten pulley.

6. Return power to the unit.

Fig. 67 — Evaporator-Fan Alignment

and Adjustment

Evaporator Fan Coupling Assembly — If the cou-

pling has been removed for other blower assembly component repair or replacement, it is critical that the coupling be reassembled and aligned correctly to prevent premature failures.

REASSEMBLING THE COUPLING INTO THE UNIT (Fig. 68)

1. Prior to reassembling the coupling, loosen the 4 bearing mounting bolts, which secure the 2 bearings on either side of the coupling. Remove the drive belts.

2. Reassemble the coupling with the bearings loose. This allows the coupling to find its own self-alignment position.

3. Check the hub-to-shaft fit for close fitting clearances. Replace hubs if high clearances are determined.

4. Check the key for close-fitted clearances on the sides and

0.015 in. clearance over the top of the key. Replace key if necessary.

CENTER DRIVE SHAFT

FLEX MEMBER

Fig. 68 — Evaporator Fan Coupling

SHAFT FLANGE

BEARINGSSHAFT

5. Be sure that hub flanges, flex members, spacer, and hardware are clean and free of oil.

6. Place the flanges onto the shafts with the hub facing outward. Do not tighten the set screws at this time.

7. Outside of the unit, assemble the flex members to the center drive shaft with 4 bolts and nuts. The flex members have collars that need to be inserted into the smaller hole of the drive shaft flange.

8. Assemble the flex member/drive shaft assembly to one of the shaft flanges, using 2 bolts and nuts. Slide the other shaft flange towards the assembly and assemble using 2 bolts and nuts. If the shafts are not misaligned, the collar in the flex member should line up with the shaft flange holes.

9. Torque nuts properly to 95 to 100 ft-lb. Do not turn a coupling bolt. Always turn the nut. Always use thread lubricant or anti-seize compound to prevent thread galling.

10. The ends of the shafts should be flush with the inside of the shaft flange. Torque the set screws to 25 ft-lb.

11. After assembly is complete, slowly rotate the shafts by hand for 30 to 60 seconds.

12. Tighten the bearing mounting bolts, using care not to place any loads on the shaft which would cause flexure to the shafts.

13. Reinstall drive belts. (Refer to Belt Tension Adjustment section below.)

14. Visually inspect the assembly. If the shafts are overly misaligned, the drive shaft flange will not be parallel with the shaft flanges.

15. Recheck nut torque after 1 to 2 hours of operation. Bolts tend to relax after being initially torqued.

Evaporator Fan Service and Replacement

1. Turn off unit power supply.

2. Remove supply-air section panels.

3. Remove belt and blower pulley.

4. Loosen setscrews in blower wheels.

5. Remove locking collars from bearings.

6. Remove shaft.

7. Remove venturi on opposite side of bearing.

8. Lift out wheel.

9. Reverse above procedure to reinstall fan.

10. Check and adjust belt tension as necessary.

11. Restore power to unit.

Belt Tension Adjustment — To adjust belt tension:

1. Turn off unit power supply.

2. Loosen motor mounting nuts and bolts. See Fig. 69.

3. Loosen fan motor nuts.

4. Turn motor jacking bolts to move motor mounting plate left or right for proper belt tension. A slight bow should be present in the belt on the slack side of the drive while running under full load.

5. Tighten nuts.

6. Adjust bolts and nut on mounting plate to secure motor in fixed position. Recheck belt tension after 24 hours of operation. Adjust as necessary. See Table 3 for proper tension values.

7. Restore power to unit.

Evaporator-Fan Motor Replacement

1. Turn off unit power supply.

2. Remove upper outside panel and open hinged door to gain access to motor.

3. Fully retract motor plate adjusting bolts.

4. Loosen the 2 rear (nearest the evaporator coil) motor plate nuts.

5. Remove the 2 front motor plate nuts and carriage bolts.

6. Slide motor plate to the rear (toward the coil) and remove fan belt(s).

7. Slide motor plate to the front and hand tighten one of the rear motor plate nuts (tight enough to prevent the motor plate from sliding back but loose enough to allow the plate to pivot upward).

8. Pivot the front of the motor plate upward enough to allow access to the motor mounting hex bolts and secure in place by inserting a prop.

9. Remove the nuts from the motor mounting hex bolts and remove motor.

10. Reverse above steps to install new motor.

Condenser-Fan Adjustment

1. Turn off unit power supply.

2. Remove fan guard.

3. Loosen fan hub setscrews.

4. Adjust fan height on shaft using a straightedge placed across venturi and measure per Fig. 70.

5. Fill hub recess with permagum if rubber hubcap is missing.

6. Tighten setscrews and replace panel(s).

7. Turn on unit power.

Fig. 69 — Belt Tension Adjustment

Fig. 70 — Condenser-Fan Adjustment

Power Failure — The economizer damper motor is a

spring return design. In event of power failure, dampers will return to fully closed position until power is restored.

Refrigerant Charge — Amount of refrigerant charge is

listed on unit nameplate and in Tables 1A and 1B. Refer to Carrier GTAC II; Module 5; Charging, Recovery, Recycling, and Reclamation section for charging methods and procedures.

Unit panels must be in place when unit is operating during

charging procedure. NOTE: Do not use recycled refrigerant as it may contain

contaminants. NO CHARGE — Use standard evacuating techniques. After

evacuating system, weigh in the specified amount of refrigerant (refer to Tables 1A and 1B).

LOW CHARGE COOLING — Using appropriate cooling charging chart (see Fig. 71-74), add or remove refrigerant until conditions of the appropriate chart are met. Note that charging chart is different from those normally used. An accurate pressure gage and temperature sensing device are required. Measure liquid line pressure at the liquid line service valve using pressure gage. Connect temperature sensing device to the liquid line near the liquid line service valve and insulate it so that outdoor ambient temperature does not affect reading.

Using the above temperature and pressure readings, find the intersect point on the appropriate cooling charging chart. If intersection point on chart is above line, add refrigerant. If intersection point on chart is below line, carefully reclaim some of the charge. Recheck suction pressure as charge is adjusted.

NOTE: Indoor-air cfm must be within normal operating range of unit. All outdoor fans must be operating.

Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV) — Each circuit

has a TXV. The TXV is nonadjustable and is factory set to maintain 10 to 13° F superheat leaving the evaporator coil. The TXV controls flow of liquid refrigerant to the evaporator coils.

Gas Valve Adjustment

NATURAL GAS — The 2-stage gas valve opens and closes in response to the thermostat or limit control.

When power is supplied to valve terminals 3 and 4, the pilot valve opens to the preset position. When power is supplied to terminals 1 and 2, the main valve opens to its preset position.

The regular factory setting is stamped on the valve body (3.5 in. wg).

To adjust regulator:

1. Set thermostat at setting for no call for heat.

2. Turn main gas valve to OFF position.

3. Remove manometer pressure-measuring device.

4. Set main gas valve to ON position.

5. Set thermostat at setting to call for heat (high fire).

6. Remove screw cap covering regulator adjustment screw (See Fig. 75).

7. Turn adjustment screw clockwise to increase pressure or counterclockwise to decrease pressure.

8. Once desired pressure is established, set unit to no call for heat (3.3-in. wg high fire).

9. Turn main gas valve to OFF position.

10. Remove pressure-measuring device and replace pipe plug and screw cap.

11. Turn main gas valve to ON position and check heating operation.

/8-in. pipe plug from manifold. Install a water

/8-in.

Fig. 71 — Cooling Charging Chart,

48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034

Fig. 72 — Cooling Charging Chart,

48EJ,EK,EW,EY038-048

Fig. 73 — Cooling Charging Chart,

48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068

CHARGING CHART

140

ALL OUTDOOR FANS MUST BE OPERATING

BOTH CIRCUITS

Main Burners — For all applications, main burners are

factory set and should require no adjustment. MAIN BURNER REMOVAL (Fig. 76)

1. Shut off (field-supplied) manual main gas valve.

2. Shut off power supply to unit.

3. Remove heating access panel.

4. Disconnect gas piping from gas valve inlet.

5. Remove wires from gas valve.

6. Remove wires from rollout switch.

7. Remove sensor wire and ignitor cable from IGC board.

8. Remove 2 screws securing manifold bracket to basepan.

9. Remove 4 screws that hold the burner support plate flange to the vestibule plate.

10. Lift burner assembly out of unit.

11. Reverse procedure to re-install burners.

120

Add Charge if Above Curve

100

Liquid Temperature at Liquid Valve (deg F)

50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400

Liquid Pressure at Liquid Valve (PSIG)

Reduce Charge if Below Curve

Fig. 74 — Cooling Charging Chart,

48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-060

2 LEADS, #18 WIRE 1/32 INSULATION, 600V. MAX., 105°C

REGULATOR ADJUSTMENT SCREW (REMOVE COVER)

OUTLET PRESSURE TAP (PLUGGED) 1/8-27 N.P.T. THDS.

Fig. 76 — Main Burner Removal

RECEPTACLE AND TAB COMBINATION TERMINAL

PILOT CONNECTION FOR 1/4” O.D. TUBING (PLUGGED)

INLET PRESSURE TAP (PLUGGED) 1/8 - 27 N.P.T. THDS.

OFF

D-1

W-1

PILOT

ADJ.

RECEPTACLE TERMINAL

D-2

W-2

Fig. 75 — Gas Valve (Part Number EF33CB271)

Filter Drier —

Replace whenever refrigeran t system is ex-

posed to atmosphere.

Protective Devices

COMPRESSOR PROTECTION Overcurrent

brated trip, magnetic circuit breaker. Do not bypass connections or increase the size of the circuit breaker to correct trouble. Determine the cause and correct it before resetting the breaker.

Overtemperature AW,AY020-035 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-038 units only) has an internal protector to protect it against excessively high discharge gas temperatures.

Crankcase Heater to prevent absorption of liquid refrigerant by oil in the crankcase when the compressor is idle. Since pow er for the crankcase heaters is drawn from the unit incoming powe r, main unit power must be on for the heaters to be energized.

IMPORTANT: After a prolonged shutdown or service job, energize the crankcase heaters for 24 hours before starting the compressors.

EVAPORATOR FAN MOTOR PROTECTION — A manual reset, calibrated trip, magnetic circuit breaker protects against overcurrent. Do not bypass connections or increase the size of the breaker to correct trouble. Determine the cause and correct it before resetting the breaker. If the evaporator-fan motor is replaced with a different horsepower motor, resizing of the circuit breaker is required. Contact Carrier Application Engineering.

CONDENSER-FAN MOTOR PROTECTION — Each condenser-fan motor is internally protected against overtemperature.

HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SWITCHES — If either switch trips, or if the compressor overtemperature switch activates, that refrigerant circuit will be automatically locked out. See Compressor Lockout Logic section on this page.

— Each compressor has one manual reset, cali-

— Each 06D type compressor (48AJ,AK,

— Each compressor has a crankcase heate r

FREEZE PROTECTION THERMOSTAT (FPT) — Freeze protection thermostats are located on the evaporator coil for each circuit. One is located at the top and bottom of each coil. It detects frost build-up and turns off the compressor, al lowing the coil to clear. Once the frost has melted, the compressor can be reenergized.

Relief Devices —

All units have relief devices to protect against damage from excessive pressures (i.e., fire). These devices are installed on the suction line, liquid line, and on the compressor.

Power Circuit —

A typical power wiring schematic is

shown in Fig. 77.

Control Circuit, 24-V —

This control circuit is protected against overcurrent by a 3.2 amp circuit breaker (CB4). Breaker can be reset. If it trips, determine cause of trouble before resetting. A typical 24-v control wiring schematic is shown in Fig. 78 and 79.

Control Circuit, 115-V —

This control circuit is protected against overcurrent by a 5.2 amp ci rcuit breaker (CB3). Breaker can be reset. If it trips, determine cause of trouble before resetting. A typical 115-v control wiring schematic is shown in Fig. 80 and 81.

Compressor Lockout Logic —

If any of the safeties trip, the circuit will automatically reset (providi ng the safety has reset) and restart the compressor in 15 minutes. If any of the safeties trip 3 times within a 90-minute period, then the circuit will be locked out and will require manual resetting by turning off either the unit disconnect or the control circuit breaker, or opening the thermostat.

If the compressors have bee off for more than 15 minutes and the outdoor-air temperature (OAT) is less than 45 F then safeties will be ignored for 5 minutes.

Replacement Parts —

A complete list of replacement parts may be obtained from any Carrier distributor upon request.

AFS — AHA — BP — BR — C — CAP — CB — CC — CCB — CCH — CLSASP —

COM — COMP — CR — CV — DM — DP — EC — FLA — FPT — FU — GVR — HPS — HS —

LEGEND for Fig. 77-83 — Typical Wiring Schematics

Airflow Switch Adjustable Heat Anticipator Building Pressure Burner Relay Contactor, Compressor Capacitor Circuit Breaker Cooling Compensator Controller Circuit Breaker Crankcase Heater Cooling Supply Air Set Point Potentiometer Communication Compressor Motor Control Relay Constant Volume Damper Motor Duct Pressure Enthalpy Control Full Load Amps Freeze Protection Thermostat Fuse Gas Valve Relay High-Pressure Switch Hall Effect Sensor

HTSASP—

HV — IDM — IFC — IFCB — IFM — IFR — IGC — IP — L — LPS — LS — MGV — NC — NO — OAT — OD — OFC — OFM — PEC — PEM — PES — PESC — PL —

LEGEND

Heating Supply Air Set Point Potentiometer High Voltage Induced-Draft Motor Indoor Fan Contactor Indoor Fan Circuit Breaker Indoor-Fan Motor Indoor-Fan Relay Integrated Gas Unit Controller Internal Protector Light Low-Pressure Switch Limit Switch Main Gas Valve Normally Closed Normally Open Outdoor-Air Thermostat Outdoor Outdoor-Fan Contactor Outdoor-Fan Motor Power Exhaust Contactor Power Exhaust Motor Power Exhaust Sequencer Power Exhaust Sequencer Controller Plug Assembly

RAT — RS — SAT — SEN — SW — TB — TC — TH — TRAN — UL — VFD —

Return-Air Thermistor Rollout Switch Supply-Air Thermostat Sensor Switch Terminal Block Thermostat, Cooling Thermostat, Heating Transformer Compressor Unloader Variable Frequency Drive

Terminal (Marked)

Terminal (Unmarked)

Terminal Block

Splice

Factory Wiring

Field Wiring

To indicate common potential only. Not to represent wiring.

Wire

Quantity

Wire

Quantity

H3 for 230 v. If 208/230 v units are run with a

1. Connect TRAN1 to H4 for 460 v units. Connect to

NOTES:

208-v power supply, connect to H2.

Connect to orange lead for 230 v units. If 208/230

v units are run with a 208-v power supply, con-

nect to red lead.

2. Connect TRAN2 to black lead for 460 v units.

3. Circuit breaker must trip amps are equal to or

Volt ag e

TABLE 1A

compressors.

Model

parallel wires run from TB1 to the

The following compressors have two

Compressor

less than 156% FLA for CB1 and CB2. All others

are 140%.

replaced, it must be replaced with Type 90 C wire

or its equivalent.

protected.

mary single phasing conditions.

4. If any of the original wire furnished must be

5. Compressors and/or fan motors are thermally

6. Three phase motors are protected against pri-

TABLE 2B

06D-537 208/230-3-60 2

The following fan motors have two

parallel wires run from

Volt ag e

TB1 to the fan motors.

Motor

20 HP 208/230-3-60 2

Indoor

Fig. 77 — Typical Power Schematic 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034; 208/230-3-60 and 460-3-60

Fig. 78 — Typical 48EK VAV 24-V Control Circuit

Fig. 79 — Typical CV 24-V Control Circuit

NOTE: Red wire and violet wire are spliced together at the factory. The brown wire has a wire nut added at the factory.

Fig. 80 — Typical 48EK VAV 115-V Control Circuit

100

Fig. 81 — Typical 48EJ CV 115-V Control Circuit

Carrier 48EJ, 48EW User Manual

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual